Final Pts 12cc348

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
DESCRIPTION
CHK
APP
CERT.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY DATE CHKD BY THM
SCOPE OF WORK AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
NO.
APPROVED
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM

BA
GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT

CERTIFIED
QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION FINAL
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
PTS-12CC 348
DATE :____________________
(ATTACHMENT TO SCHEDULE "B OF CONTRACT NO. #####/00)
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO. INDEX PTS NO PAGE NO REV.
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
1 OF 72
CHK
APP
CERT.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION Page INTRODUCTION 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 II
2 3 1
DESCRIPTION
GENERAL PROJECT DESCRIPTION PROJECT SUMMARY DEFINITION OF TERMS
5 5 5 6
NO.
BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES 2.01 2.02 2.03 2.04 2.05 2.06 2.07 2.08 2.09 2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14 2.15 GENERAL CONDITIONS KICK-OFF MEETING BASE DESIGN PHASE BASE DESIGN REVIEW PROJECT DRAWINGS PROGRESS REPORTING QA/QC REQUIREMENTS OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS TEST RECORD BOOK PLANT TAGGING OF EQUIPMENT AND INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS CONTRACTOR/COMPANY'S CONSTRUCTION SITE OFFICE AND FACILITY LOSS PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS SHUTDOWN/OUTAGE COORDINATION 7 8 8 11 11 16 17 28 28 29 29 30 31 34 34
REVISIONS
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
III
SCOPE OF WORK 3.01 3.02 3.03 3.04 GENERAL ELECTRICAL WORK CIVIL WORK INDUSTRIAL SECURITY AND FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS MECHANICAL WORKS PROJECT DESIGN DOCUMENTS, CALCULATIONS AND DRAWING ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PROJECT INTERFACE STANDARDS, CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS 36 37 38 38 39 40 44 45 46
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
3.05 3.06 3.07 3.08 3.09 IV
ENGINEERING DESIGN CRITERIA AND REQUIREMENTS 4.01 4.02 4.03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 53 53 54
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
2 OF 72
APP
CERT.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION V EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS 5.01 5.02 5.03 5.04 5.05 GENERAL 380kV POWER CABLES 380kV CABLE TERMINATIONS & SPLICE KITS GROUNDING CABLE FOR LINK BOX AND GROUNDING ROD FOR LINK BOX BONDING LEADS & SHEATH SECTIONALIZING INSULATORS LINK BOXES SHEATH VOLTAGE LIMITER CABLE WARNING TAPES WARNING POSTS PVC CONDUITS & FITTINGS, AND HDPE DUCTS INDUSTRIAL SECURITY AND FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS VENTILATION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS PLUMBING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS 57 57 58 59 59 59 59 59 59 60 60 61 62 Page
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK
REVISIONS
5.06 5.07 5.08 5.09 5.10 5.11 5.12 5.13 VI
APPROVED
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES 6.01 6.02 6.03 6.04 6.05 6.06 GENERAL REEL STORAGE REEL HANDLING POWER CABLE INSTALLATION 380kV CABLE ENTRY INTO SUBSTATION AND CONNECTION INTO GIS OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 63 63 63 64 67 68
BA
CERTIFIED
VII
COMMISSIONING/TESTS 7.01 7.02 7.03 7.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ELECTRICAL TESTS FOR NEW 380kV XLPE CABLES ELECTRICAL TESTING OF LINK BOX FIELD TESTS ON 380kV CABLES 69 69 70 71
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
3 OF 72
CHK
APP
CERT.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION
APPENDICES APPENDIX- I APPENDIX- II LIST OF ATTACHED CONCEPTUAL DESIGN AND REFERENCE DRAWINGS MATERIAL DATA SCHEDULES TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS FORMS BID STANDARD FORMAT OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (by other Contractor) CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS N/A N/A N/A SPECIAL TOOLS & EQUIPMENT (by other Contractor) GEOTECHNICAL AND CONCRETE INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING (APPLICABLE IF REQUIRED) COMPANY FORM NO.16511 (2/10)
NO.
APPENDIX- III APPENDIX- IV APPENDIX- V APPENDIX- VI
REVISIONS
APPROVED
APPENDIX- VII APPENDIX-VIII APPENDIX- IX

BA
APPENDIX- X APPENDIX- XII
CERTIFIED
APPENDIX-XIII APPENDIX- XVI
EXHIBIT- 1
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02-12-2012
PLANT NO. SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) C 640 380KV SUBSTATION INDEX PTS NO PAGE NO REV.
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
4 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
SECTION I - INTRODUCTION
1.01 GENERAL This Scope of WORK and Technical Specifications (PTS-12CC348) and the associated PROJECT Conceptual Drawings, which are Attachment I to Schedule "B" of CONTRACT No. 00000/00, describe the specific scope of WORK that the CONTRACTOR is required to carry out on Lump Sum Turnkey basis until the successful commissioning and integration of the proposed 380kV Underground Cables along with Fiber Optic Cables and control/instrumentation cables between GT AT Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION.
2 3 1
NO.
DESCRIPTION
REVISIONS
1.02 PROJECT DESCRIPTION This PROJECT will provide Three (3) 380kV Underground cable circuits between GT AT Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION along with Fiber Optic and control/instrumentation Cables with necessary Cable Tunnels, Duct Banks, Hand Holes, and Trenches as applicable for Power Cables along with Fiber Optic and Control/instrumentation Cables. 1.03 PROJECT SUMMARY The summary of the Scope of WORK of this PROJECT, to be carried out by the CONTRACTOR includes the following:
APPROVED
BA
A.
CERTIFIED
Provide and install Three (3) 380kV Underground Cable circuits From GT AT Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION The approximate route length of each circuit will be as under. Each circuit consist of one run of 1/C-1000 mm2 super clean-XLPE, Cu. conductor, cable per phase complete with all other accessories, 1. Steam Turbine #1 To S/S 9032 : 600M 2. Steam Turbine #02 To S/S 9032: 330M 3. Steam Turbine #03 To S/S 9032: 1000M
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
B. Provide and install Underground Fiber Optic cable and Control Cables, Complete with all accessories, along the proposed route of 380kV cables, GT at Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032)380KV SUBSTATION C. Construction of concrete encased duct banks, cable trenches, tunnels and Thrust Boring/Directional Drilling as required along the proposed route as per COMPANY Standard Drawing TA-800062 and TA-800063. D. DTS System (6 Channel) for each phase of the 380kV Cable along with associated Cable Heat Sensors.
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
5 OF 72
CHK
APP
CERT.
1.04 DEFINITION OF TERMS The terms, abbreviations and/or expressions frequently used hereinafter shall have the following meaning: Terms / Abbreviation COMPANY U/G F/O Cable CONTRACTOR
2
DESCRIPTION
NO.
Meaning Saudi Electricity Company Underground Fiber Optic Cable 380kV Cable Contractor, responsible execution of the Underground Cable Work
for
the
REVISIONS
*** END OF SECTION I ***
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
6 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
SECTION II - BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES

2.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. All components and accessories required for the completion and successful operation of the WORK covered under the scope of this PROJECT, either specified in detail or not, shall be supplied and installed by the CONTRACTOR as necessary. B. The engineering design and specifications of equipment/materials supplied under this PROJECT shall be in accordance with this Scope of WORK and Technical Specifications and COMPANY Standards. If the equipment either does not conform to specifications or is not acceptable to COMPANY based on past operating experience/any other reason, the CONTRACTOR shall propose alternative equipment for review and acceptance by COMPANY. However, in case of a conflict in the requirements, the CONTRACTOR shall bring this to the attention of the COMPANY and shall obtain such applicable requirements for this PROJECT in writing from the COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR shall have no right to decide on his own the requirements in case of such a conflict, and in case of such an eventuality, he will be doing so at his own risk and cost as the COMPANY reserves the right to reject any or the complete part of such WORK arising out of the CONTRACTOR's own decision. C. The drawings enclosed with this Scope of work and Technical Specifications are conceptual and for the information of the CONTRACTOR only. The CONTRACTOR should read these drawings in conjunction with this Scope of work and Technical Specifications. The successful CONTRACTOR shall develop detailed design drawings for construction purposes. The engineering and design works under this Contract shall be carried out by an engineering and design firm who has registration to carryout engineering and design works in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The proposed engineering and design firm shall also be from Saudi Electricity Company acceptable list of Engineering & Design firms or shall get pre-qualified before the contract Award for carrying out any engineering and design works for this project.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
2
THM
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY DATE CHKD BY
APPROVED
CERTIFIED
BA
D. Copies of existing drawings, design calculations, technical reports and other information as deemed appropriate by the COMPANY may be provided to the CONTRACTOR upon request, if available. However, if such information is not available, then the CONTRACTOR should be responsible for the independent development of the information required to complete the PROJECT specified.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
E. The specifications of equipment and materials specified herein are to be considered as the minimum requirements, and the bidders shall carry out their own basic and detailed design necessary for their proposed specifications. F. The base design shall be finalized at base design review meeting based on the guideline drawings issued hereof, manufacturer's drawings, calculations and data sheets, and detailed design shall be finalized based on the base design review and other required information.
DATE :____________________
G. All documents, drawings data and instruction books to be submitted by the CONTRACTOR shall be written in English language and Metric Unit system. H. The submission of final detail drawings shall be progressive and phased out to give sufficient review time to COMPANY.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
7 OF 72
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY I.
APP
CERT.
COMPANY's acceptance of the CONTRACTOR's design does not relieve him of any part of his obligations to meet all the requirements of the CONTRACT nor the responsibility for the correctness of the design and construction drawings of the PROJECT. All WORK, including services for the test and inspections required by the COMPANY and demonstrations, if any, for familiarization of maintenance and commissioning, etc., to the COMPANY personnel by the manufacturer's representative shall be arranged / done by the CONTRACTOR.
CHK
J.
DESCRIPTION
K. The CONTRACTOR shall submit for COMPANY review and approval, the demonstration package proposed by him giving the detail/list of equipment and devices that will be demonstrated.
NO. 2 3 1
REVISIONS
L.
Any WORK, which requires shutdown of transmission/distribution feeders or substation shall be closely coordinated with COMPANY. All outages shall be scheduled at least four (4) weeks in advance. The CONTRACTORs organizational chart shall be prepared as specified in Instruction to Bidders on Technical Proposal.
APPROVED
N. The CONTRACTOR shall submit along with bid proposal the operational spare parts listed in the pricing attachment "VI' to Schedule 'C' of this Contract. 2.02 KICK-OFF MEETING
BA
A Kick-Off Meeting will be held in COMPANY Headquarters shortly after award of the CONTRACT. This meeting will cover PROJECT implementation, the Scope of WORK, and Schedule and will give the CONTRACTOR an opportunity to discuss all matters related to carrying out his responsibilities. 2.03 BASE DESIGN PHASE A. The base design phase of the PROJECT is a 10-12 weeks period of preliminary engineering following the kick-off meeting. The purpose of the base design phase is to completely define the PROJECT in enough details to satisfy the COMPANY that all requirements are being incorporated. Information developed during the base design shall be used as a guide throughout the PROJECT and shall be considered binding on both parties, unless operational difficulties or design flaws observed during detailed design review are noted and mandate change. All base design drawings shall be stamped as "Base Design Drawing. Coordination meetings will be conducted with the CONTRACTOR's Design team on regular basis until the design is complete. B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit eight (8) sets of the base design document at least four (4) weeks ahead of the base design review meeting, which shall include, but not limited to the following: 1. Narrative Scope of WORK as proposed by CONTRACTOR: a. Description of WORK
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
8 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
b. c. d.
Design Basis and Data Testing and Commissioning Procedures Maintenance Aspects Special considerations including design, construction/operation constraints (if any), problem areas and proposed solutions. Itemized listing of all equipment/facilities to be installed and description of all WORK to be accomplished. This listing is to be broken down by location, job phase and quantities of like items.
DESCRIPTION
e. f.
NO.
REVISIONS
2. 3. 4.
Detailed PROJECT Schedule and Critical Path Major Materials Purchase Requisitions (Preliminary) Design Calculations, as a minimum, but not limited to: a. b. c. d. e. Detailed Cable Ampacity Calculations as per proposed cable route for worst case. Electrical Interference Study in case the power cable parallels the communication circuits. Calculation of Power Cables Sequence Impedance. Calculation for Cable Metallic Sheath Size to withstand System Fault Current for one second. Sheath Induced Voltage Calculations under normal & fault conditions (for both Single Point Bonding and Cross Bonding Systems) and Selection of Sheath Voltage Limiters (SVL). Calculations for Distributed Temperature Sensing System along with associated Sensors. Structural calculation for duct banks on road crossings Detailed explanation for adopting the major/minor sections arrangement of the cross bonding. Cable pulling tension and sidewall pressure calculations.
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
f. g.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
h. i. 5. 6.
DATE :____________________
Soil Investigation Report for Thermal and Electrical Resistivity Measurements along the whole Cable Route at the spacing of 500m. The following Design Drawings, as a minimum, but not limited to: a. b. Drawing Control Sheet Abbreviations, Symbols and Legends
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
9 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
c. d. e.
Plot Plan 380kV Underground System One Line Diagram Hand-hole details for F.O. cable. 380kV Power and Fiber Optic and Control Cables Routing Plan and Profile Cable Termination Arrangement Plan, Sections and Details Sheath Bonding Schematic Diagram, indicating Minor & Major Section Lengths. Link Box Location, Connections and Joint Bay Details 380kV Power and Fiber Optic Cable Routing Sections, Elevations and Details (with all necessary sections and other utilities in the vicinity of the route) Foundation Details for 380kV Cable Link Box and other Support Structures Details of Trenches, Duct banks, Hand holes, Thrust Boring/Directional Drilling Bonding method and grounding arrangement and details Interface diagram with 380kV Switchgear at Qassim Power Plant a Qassim-4 (9032)380KV SUBSTATION DTS System (6 Channel) for each phase of the 380kV Cable along with associated Cable Heat Sensors.
DESCRIPTION
f. g. h.
NO.
REVISIONS
i. j.
APPROVED
k. l.
BA
m. n.
CERTIFIED
o. 7.
Manufacturers Technical Specifications (literature, catalogs, drawings, type test report and completed Data Schedules) of the following major equipment, including but not be limited to the following: (Particular type, model should be clearly indicated and/or highlighted):
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
380kV Power Cable Bonding & Earthing Cables 380kV Cable Termination/Splice Kits Cable Supports Sheath Voltage Limiter Link Box Link Box Foundation Cable Warning Tape Cable Tiles Wire Mesh Cable warning post Duct Sealing Units Cable Tile Cover
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
10 OF 72
APP
CERT.
8. 9. 10.
PVC Conduits and Fittings Power Cable Clamps Fire Proofing Material to Protect the Cable in Cable Basement Distributed Temperature Sensing System
DESCRIPTION
CHK
Type Test Reports for Major Equipment/ Materials Factory and SITE Test Program Job Safety Plan (CONTRACTORS Loss Prevention Program) SITE Security Plan QA/QC plan
NO.
11. 12.
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
C. The base design submittal shall be submitted fully complete, containing drawings and calculations of all discipline as stated above. Partial submittals or packages are unacceptable and will be rejected. Base design shall include drawings required to define the project. Additional drawings if provided will not be reviewed during the base design phase. 2.04 BASE DESIGN REVIEW After completing the Base Design, the CONTRACTOR shall present the Base Design Package for technical review along with the Drawing Control Sheet. CONTRACTOR's PROJECT Manager, PROJECT Engineer and the Design/Construction Engineer in each field of specification shall attend the presentation meeting. During this meeting, the COMPANY's comments on the base design package will be reviewed and discussed in detail to finalize the base design for the PROJECT. Minutes of the meeting shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR to be concurred by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. CONTRACTOR may initiate the material procurement WORK during the base design phase of the PROJECT but the final approval of the material shall be done only after consideration of comments generated during Base Design Phase and resolution of comments during the Base Design Review meeting. 2.05 PROJECT DRAWINGS
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
A. General 1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all drawings required for this PROJECT covering all the substations involved in accordance with the requirements of the COMPANY Engineering Drawing Preparation Standards (SEEDS-II Rev.01). The drawings shall be assigned with drawing numbers and indexed as outlined in the above procedure. A block of drawing numbers shall be provided by the COMPANY for all new drawings/documents.
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
11 OF 72
CHK
APP
CERT.
2. 3.
Drawings shall be of uniform size in each discipline as much as possible and ISO scales hall be 1:10, 1:50, 1:100 and 1:1200, etc. The existing system drawings of the source substation are generally available with the COMPANY in digital or tiff format except in certain cases where it is in the form of hard copies. Copies of existing available drawings shall be provided on CONTRACTOR'S written request. However, if any related information is not available, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to develop all the required drawings to satisfy the PROJECT requirements. The drawings involving modification/expansion of the existing system in source substation shall cover the details of the existing system and interface. The drawings in general shall be computer drafted and compatible with Microstation V8 or above version software computer-aideddesign (CAD) system. However, in case of drawings involving modifications to existing drawings, which are not available in digital or tiff format CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to develop all the required drawings. The drawing to be submitted by the CONTRACTOR shall be of the following standard size in accordance SEEDS-I & SEEDS-II. A- Size sheet, 711x1016 mm or (28x40 in.) B- Size sheet, 508x711 mm or (20x28 in.) C- Size sheet, 356x508 mm or (14x20 in.) D- Size sheet, 279x432 mm or (11x17 in.) E- Size sheet, 211x297 mm or (8.27x11.69 in.)
DESCRIPTION
4.
NO. 2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
5.
BA
6.
CERTIFIED
Revision of Existing Drawings/ Drawing Control Sheets a. All existing drawings including common drawings affected by this PROJECT shall be revised and submitted for COMPAY review as part of CONTRATOR'S design submittals. The drawings in general shall be computer drafted Microstation V8 or above version software in accordance with SEEDS-II Rev.01. b. For modification WORKS of existing substation, the existing drawings only shall be revised as far as possible. If revising the existing drawings are not feasible or not practical and new drawings need to be developed, then preferably, the same number with additional/different sheet number shall be allotted. New drawings having new drawing numbers shall be created only if drawings of existing system are not available. c. The drawing involving modification/expansion of the existing system in substation shall cover the details of the existing system and interface. Drawings giving only the isolated views/information of expansion/modification work without details of existing system/interface are not acceptable. If new drawings, developed for modification work of existing system do not cover the complete details of existing system, then the corresponding existing system drawings shall also be modified to show the interface/integration with the new drawings developed, and submitted for COMPANY review as part of CONTRACTOR'S design
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
12 OF 72
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY submittal.
CHK
APP
CERT.
d. The existing drawings are listed in the drawing control sheet(s) for the substation and covered in more than one (1) drawing control sheet for each of the affected existing substations. The CONTRACTOR shall review/study these various by drawing control sheets and drawing, identify the superseded/latest drawings and if necessary carry out field verification to ascertain the correctness of the existing drawings. Only the appropriate/ correct drawings shall be used for developing the drawings for modification WORKS, While modifying any existing drawing sheet, the sheet will be submitted in duplicate, one marked as existing and the other marked as 'modified'. e. All the existing drawing control sheets shall be revised to reflect the new revision numbers of existing drawings revised and to identify the superseded drawings. In addition, a prominent note shall be put on the revised existing drawing control sheet (s) to indicate the new drawing control sheet number, if a new drawing control sheet was developed. (e.g., " See drawing control sheet * CT 906044 for list of drawings developed for C. N. # xxxxxxxxx for ). 7. Protection/Monitoring System Drawing Format Requirements All drawings shall be titled to explain the full function of the circuits represented on that drawing including station and equipment names. Drawings shall be designed and produced in order to maximize ease of maintenance and installation. Each drawing shall have a legend included explaining the functions of all devices on that drawing. All equipment shall be labeled and identified on the diagrams as per the designations assigned by the COMPANY. All drawing formats must be approved by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. a. Protection AC One-Line and Three-Line Diagrams All the Protection/Monitoring System COMPANY Standard TES-P-119.33. b. Wiring Diagrams Wiring diagrams shall be produced for all panels and equipment. Panel wiring diagrams shall be arranged such that they represent a working view of the panel wiring with terminal blocks and devices arranged on the drawing as they exist in the panels. When possible, it is required to have only one (1) drawing per panel. If it is impossible to include all devices on one (1) drawing, the panel drawing shall be subdivided into sections (vertically or horizontally), making a mosaic of drawings physically representing the panel arrangement. c. Schematic Diagrams All the Protection related drawings shall meet COMPANY Standard TESP119.33 related drawings shall meet
2
THM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
REVISIONS
APPROVED
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
BA
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
13 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
B.
Vendor Drawings 1. CONTRACTOR shall prepare all vendor drawings in Microstation V8 or above version software in accordance with SEEDS-II Rev.01 and submit to the COMPANY. Vendor drawings and manufacturer drawings, data schedules, specification sheets installation and operating instructions and any other data required for material or equipment. Requirements of such information are an integral part of the purchase order and shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. Preparation and assignment of vendor drawing numbers shall be in accordance with COMPANY Engineering Drawing Preparation Standard (SEEDS-II Rev.01). All vendor drawings shall be subject to review and approval by the COMPANY at various stages (bid/base design/detail design/construction) of the CONTRACT.
DESCRIPTION
2.
3.
NO. 2
REVISIONS
4.
APPROVED
Note: All vendor drawings shall be consistent with main drawings in all respects and the vendor drawings shall clearly indicate all inter references with main drawings and all other vendor drawings as applicable. C. Base Design Drawings
BA
The CONTRACTOR shall submit base design drawings to the COMPANY with his Base Design Package per Section 3. D. Final Detail Design/Construction Drawings
CERTIFIED
The CONTRACTOR shall submit point wise compliance statement to COMPANYs comments and shall obtain approval for all final detail design drawings after incorporating COMPANY comments. All details design drawings shall be stamped as Detail Design Drawings. After receiving the approval, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY eight (8) complete sets of all interconnected drawings issued for construction in one (1) submittal. These drawings shall be submitted to the COMPANY to be stamped as Noted By before they are stamped and issued to CONTRACTORS construction team as Issued For Construction, but in no case less than fourteen (14) days prior to the start of construction activity. No WORK shall be started at site unless all interconnected drawings for a particular WORK has been fully reviewed and agreed upon by the COMPANY and final construction drawings are available at WORK SITE and with the COMPANY. CONTRACTOR shall provide a composite list of drawings as a minimum for this PROJECT as given in Section 3.04. Final detailed design drawings shall be submitted fully complete, by discipline representing fully the part of the PROJECT to be constructed and all the related drawings. Partial submittals are not acceptable and will be rejected.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
14 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
E. As-Built Drawings 1. As the PROJECT nears completion, "As-Built" drawings shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR in sufficient details to present an accurate record for COMPANY. All existing drawings affected by this PROJECT shall be revised and corresponding existing drawing control sheets shall be updated by the CONTRACTOR. The existing drawing control sheet shall be updated and automated in XLS format. If the existing substation drawings do not have drawing control sheet, then the CONTRACTOR shall prepare new Drawing Control Sheet, which shall include the new and existing drawings. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with COMPANY for the list of the existing drawings. All Drawing Control Sheets, listing all proposed and existing drawings shall also be submitted in the Base Design submittal. 2. All revisions shall reflect field modifications to engineering flow diagrams, electrical one-line diagrams, electrical schematic connection and interconnection wiring diagrams; instrument hook-ups, wiring diagrams, terminal connections, dimensioned equipment layouts, all underground installations and other WORK and facilities not normally visible. The CONTRACTOR shall provide "As-Built" drawings showing all field modifications to drawings and diagrams prepared by the Vendors and SUBCONTRACTORS. If the CONTRACTOR was given hard copy or tiff image file to existing "AsBuilt" drawings, then it is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to request the COMPANY at least two (2) months before the Technical completion for the existing "As-Built" drawings and redraw them in Microstation V8 or above version software in accordance with SEEDS-II Rev.01.Updating of existing AsBuilt" drawings will not be accepted. 3. As part of As-Built drawings submission, the CONTRACTOR shall also provide the COMPANY three (3) sets of field marked-up drawings reflecting the As-Built condition of the particular segment of WORK completed by the CONTRACTOR and distributed, as given below, prior to energization: 4. One (1) set shall be retained by the COMPANY at the substation. One (1) set shall be submitted to the COMPANY. One (1) set shall be used for as-built by CONTRACTORs Engineering and Design Consultants, which shall be included in the final submittal.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
BA
One (1) sample of original (digital Microstation *.DGN format) and five (5) check prints from different As-Built engineering drawings shall be submitted to the COMPANY to verify the quality of digital Microstation *.DGN format and whether the correct drafting procedure is adopted, one (1) month before initial submission of As-Built drawings. Before submitting the final As-Built drawings one sample drawing shall be submitted and got approved. Five (5) copies of the As-Built documents shall be submitted to the COMPANY for review as to adequacy, completeness, legibility and conforming to drafting standards. If returned, the CONTRACTOR shall make
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
15 OF 72
APP
CERT.
corrections, provide additional data and improve the quality as instructed prior to resubmittal and COMPANY acceptance. The revised As-Built drawings shall be resubmitted within four (4) weeks after commissioning. Five (5) sets of final As-Built drawings, one (1) set digital Microstation". DGN format drawings in CD shall be submitted to the COMPANY for records. 2.06 PROGRESS REPORTING
DESCRIPTION
CHK
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit Weekly PROJECT Progress Reports, in COMPANY-approved formats for the PROJECT to the responsible COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. Soft copy of progress reports shall be submitted along with the hard copy. For this purpose, the total WORK shall be divided into:
2
NO.
REVISIONS
1. 2. 3. 4.
Engineering and Design. Procurement/ Manufacture/ Fabrication Inspection and Delivery of Materials/ Equipment. Construction and Installation. Testing and Commissioning.
APPROVED
B. The following information shall be included in the Progress Reports:

BA
1. 2.
Percent of WORK completed as compared to the weighted schedule used to assess WORK progress. Statement of items worked on and/or completed during the period. Statement of items to be worked on and/or completed during the following period. Problem areas, which can have an adverse effect on the schedule. Safety statistics and minutes of construction safety meeting and progress meeting. Manpower and equipment availability against the schedule requirement.
CERTIFIED
3. 4. 5. 6.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
C. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out PROJECT planning/scheduling by using MS PROJECT computer software. All PROJECT schedules shall be submitted in CD. D. Weekly Progress Meeting shall be conducted between the COMPANY and the CONTRACTOR during the entire CONTRACT duration of the PROJECT. Other coordination and interface meetings will be conducted, as required. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare the minutes of all meetings. The initial draft shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR to the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE for review and concurrence. The CONTRACTOR shall then incorporate the required corrections and submit to the COMPANY one (1) original and two (2) copies after they are duly signed by the authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR. The
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
16 OF 72
APP
CERT.
COMPANY shall sign one (1) copy in acceptance and furnish it to the CONTRACTOR and retain the original. In addition, a Weekly Construction Safety Meeting shall be conducted by the CONTRACTOR's Safety Engineer or PROJECT Engineer. Minutes of meeting shall be forwarded to the COMPANY. 2.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
DESCRIPTION
CHK
A. Quality Management CONTRACTOR shall implement an effective quality management, which addresses all direct and indirect activities related to the PROJECT to ensure that all contractual conditions are met. Quality planning, quality control, quality assurance and quality improvement shall be part of CONTRACTOR's quality management. To effectively manage the PROJECT quality, CONTRACTOR shall develop a clearly defined PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program. The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall be implemented from PROJECT start until completion and communicated at different levels of the PROJECT organization. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall also require manufacturers/suppliers to develop and implement Quality Control Plan/ Inspection and Test Plan for each major material/equipment. B. PROJECT Quality Plan / Quality Program
BA
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
1.
CERTIFIED
The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall set out the specific quality procedures and practices, resources, and all activities (in sequence) relevant to this PROJECT. The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall address all QA/QC activities during design, procurement, manufacturing/fabrication, delivery, storage, construction, installation, testing and commissioning of all items of WORK and materials/equipment per Scope of WORK and Technical Specification. The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall be submitted to the COMPANY as part of the base design package for review and approval. The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall clearly define and address the following: a. The quality objectives to be attained and CONTRACTORs commitment to achieve the objectives in the form of a signed policy statement. The policy statement shall be signed by CONTRACTORs management personnel not lower than the person who signed this CONTRACT. Detailed PROJECT organizational chart and specific allocations of responsibilities and authorities during the different phases of the PROJECT. CONTRACTOR shall include in the PROJECT organizational chart QA/QC engineers and inspectors dedicated to quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC). The QA/QC engineers and inspectors shall report directly to the overall PROJECT Manager. The QA/QC engineers
2. 3.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
BY
DATE :____________________
b.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
17 OF 72
APP
CERT.
DESCRIPTION
and inspectors shall have adequate experience in their area of responsibility and shall be responsible for ensuring that all phases of the PROJECT are built, tested and commissioned in accordance with the requirements of the PROJECT Scope of WORK and Technical Specifications. The CONTRACTORs Chief QA/QC engineer shall interface directly with the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. CONTRACTOR shall use QA/QC personnel other than those performing or directly supervising the WORK. The QA/QC personnel shall not report directly to immediate supervisors responsible for producing the WORK being inspected. CONTRACTORs QA/QC personnel shall be kept free from the pressures of cost, schedule and production and shall be given the necessary authority and independence to perform their roles effectively. The number of CONTRACTORS QA/QC engineers shall be as required in the Instruction to Bidders for Technical Proposal. c. Procurement Control CONTRACTORs PROJECT QA/QC engineers shall review all products and services prior to procurement to ensure conformance to specified requirements. Procurement control shall include source evaluation and selection, source inspection and evaluation of objective evidence of quality furnished by a supplier against the PROJECT specification. These products shall cover major materials/equipment and other items including but not necessarily limited to testing services, fill materials, Portland cement concrete and additives, asphalt concrete, water proofing, steel structures, HVAC materials and equipment, electrical materials, plumbing materials, architectural and finishing materials and formwork materials. d. Quality Audit CONTRACTOR shall conduct its own internal quality surveillance at appropriate stages (e.g. design, procurement, construction, installation and commissioning stage) of the PROJECT to determine compliance to and the effectiveness of the PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program. Each element of the PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall be assessed at least once during the life of the PROJECT. The schedule and frequency should be adjusted if one or more of the following conditions exist: i. ii. iii. Result of previous surveillance indicates a need to perform them more frequently. Significant changes are Plan/Quality Program. made in the PROJECT Quality
NO.
CHK
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
BA
Safety, performance or reliability of an item is questionable due to non-conformance.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
18 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
iv.
Verification of corrective action implementation.
Personnel conducting the quality surveillance shall be independent of those having direct responsibility for the specific activities or areas being evaluated or assessed.
DESCRIPTION
e.
Non-Conformance Control CONTRACTOR shall ensure that items and services, which do not conform to specify requirements, are controlled in accordance with documented procedures to prevent unintended use. CONTRACTOR shall identify, document, segregate, evaluate and dispose nonconforming items and services after proper notification of concerned personnel within the CONTRACTORs organization. CONTRACTORs QA/QC engineer/inspector shall re-inspect repaired and reworked non-conforming items. CONTRACTOR shall not use any repaired item or product unless approved by the COMPANY. Under this clause, the following definitions apply: i. Repair - Action taken on a non-conforming product so that it will fulfill the intended usage requirements although it may not conform to the original specified requirements (ISO 8402). Rework - Action taken on a non-conforming product so that it will fulfill the specified requirement (ISO 8402).
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
BA
ii.
CERTIFIED
CONTRACTOR shall develop non-conformance report (NCR) form and submit it to the COMPANY for review and comment. CONTRACTORs QA/QC engineers/inspectors shall have the freedom to issue NCRs, verify implementation of corrective actions and prevent use of nonconforming items until the deficiency has been satisfactorily resolved. CONTRACTORs Chief QA/QC engineer shall submit bi-weekly site QA/QC reports to COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE about noncompliances. f. Corrective Action CONTRACTOR shall develop, document and implement a system for determining the root cause of non-conformities and identifying the required corrective actions. New procedures or changes to existing procedures resulting from identification of the root cause and potential root cause of non-conformances shall be documented and implemented. Follow-up action shall be taken to verify effective implementation of corrective action. The identified cause and corrective action should be included in the bi-weekly site QA/QC reports that are required to be submitted to the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
19 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
g.
Quality Records CONTRACTOR shall develop and maintain a system for preparation, maintenance, protection and preservation of quality records. Documents such as inspection reports, field inspection checklist, factory test reports, laboratory test reports, witnessed test reports, inspection logbooks, equipment calibration records/certificates, construction drawings and specifications, approved submittals and non-conformance reports are part of these records. All quality records shall be available at WORKSITE for use and/or reference by CONTRACTOR and COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
DESCRIPTION
NO.
h.
Control of Inspection, Measuring and Testing Equipment All measuring and testing equipment and devices, which can affect the quality of construction shall be controlled and maintained. CONTRACTOR shall develop and implement a documented calibration control program indicating equipment calibration schedule and identifying those who are responsible for control of the equipment. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that only properly identified and calibrated measuring and testing equipment are used in the PROJECT. Equipment calibration certificates shall be made available to COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE upon request.
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
i.
BA
Document Control CONTRACTOR shall develop and maintain a documented control program for the review, approval, revision and distribution of documents for the activities affecting quality. Responsible personnel for revision, issuance and approval of documents shall be identified. Control shall ensure that all pertinent and current issues of appropriate documents are available at locations where they are essential and obsolete or superseded documents are promptly removed. CONTRACTOR shall list all the documents that have to be controlled and shall include PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program, Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan, construction and design drawings, calculations, correspondence, inspection and test reports, field inspection checklist, etc.
CERTIFIED
j.
BY
Material/Equipment Handling, Storage, Identification and Control CONTRACTOR shall verify that material/equipment meet prescribed contractual requirements and are properly handled, identifiable, traceable, cleaned, preserved and stored.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
k.
Control of interface and interaction between the COMPANY and CONTRACTOR and between the CONTRACTOR and its SUBCONTRACTORS, manufacturers/suppliers, QA/QC Services CONTRACTOR(s) [Independent Inspection Agency (ies)] and Independent Testing Laboratories. Any other applicable QA/QC activity (ies) for the PROJECT.
l.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
20 OF 72
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY 4. Design Control a.
CHK
APP
CERT.
If the CONTRACTOR is responsible for any design activity, CONTRACTOR shall describe the design control program that will be applied on this PROJECT whether the design activity is to be done by the CONTRACTORs own personnel or by design consultants. All design input and output shall be reviewed prior to release to the next stage. Hold points shall be shown or indicated in the PROJECT Quality Plan. In addition to design review, design verification shall be conducted to ensure that the design stage output meets the design stage input requirements. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all design computations, design drawings and other design documents are properly controlled and checked prior to submission to the COMPANY. Design documents shall be signed by the person(s) who prepared and checked them. COMPANY reserves the right to return design documents without the proper signature of the responsible person(s). If the CONTRACTOR subcontracts the design activity, a copy of the scope of WORK to be subcontracted shall be submitted to the COMPANY for review and approval.
DESCRIPTION
b.
NO. 2
THM
REVISIONS
c.
APPROVED
5.
Field Testing/Inspection and Construction/Installation Control CONTRACTOR shall establish and document all procedures and WORK instructions to ensure that the construction and installation processes are performed in a controlled manner. The necessary qualification of personnel and procedure for activities such as welding, non-destructive examination, heat treatment, civil/concrete WORKS, etc. shall be defined. WORK instructions and procedures shall be adhered to by the CONTRACTORs personnel. CONTRACTOR shall conduct inspection and testing activities at all phases and quality audit at appropriate stages of the PROJECT construction/installation. CONTRACTORs QA/QC engineers/inspectors shall develop and use field inspection checklist to facilitate checking of a process, activity, material or equipment. The field inspection checklist shall state the characteristic to be verified, inspection method, acceptance criteria and clause reference of the applicable standard or specification. The checklist shall have provision for writing the result of inspection, date of inspection and name and signature of the QA/QC engineer/inspector. Such activities where inspection checklists are required shall include but not necessarily limited to all pre-commissioning and commissioning checks and tests, material/equipment receiving inspection, concrete pre-pour inspection, asphalting, hydrostatic testing, pressure testing of equipment and lines and air balancing and leak testing of HVAC system. All inspection and testing results shall be reviewed, safely stored and maintained by the CONTRACTOR. Typical checklist shall be provided to the COMPANY for review and comment. CONTRACTOR shall develop and implement the use of inspection logbook for use by the CONTRACTORs QA/QC engineers/inspectors in recording
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
21 OF 72
APP
CERT.
DESCRIPTION
their comments and observations as a result of their inspection. CONTRACTORs personnel responsible for rectifying any observed deficiency or non-conformance shall also write their reply in the logbook stating the actions taken to correct the deficiency. CONTRACTORs QA/QC engineers/inspectors shall ensure that all unsatisfactory observations on an item are cleared before any activity proceeds to the succeeding stage of that item. C. 1. Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY the Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan for each major material/equipment covered under the scope of this PROJECT; based on the following Transmission/Materials, which requires third party factory inspection: 380kV XLPE Cable Cable Joints Fiber Optic Cables Cable Terminations Link Boxes and SVL( if applicable) DTS System Grounding conductor XLPE/PVC Insulated Bare Grounding conductors & Grounding Rods Non-Metallic Fiber Optic Cable Power and Control cable rating 1 kV (all types and sizes) The quality activities including but not necessarily limited to inspection and testing, for the material/equipment shall be planned and documented in the form of a Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan. The Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan shall be submitted to the COMPANY together with the PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program. 2. The essential features of the required Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan are as follows: a. b. c. It is specifically identified to a particular material/equipment. It has provision for revisions to be made and is assigned a unique document number. It lists all the inspection and testing activities sequentially. It states the location at which the activity is to be carried out. It identifies the applicable standard, test procedure to be followed and the acceptance criteria for the inspection or test activity. It identifies the extent of inspection, sampling frequency and sample size, or extent of check. It identifies the hold point, witness point and surveillance point. It identifies the record document to be generated, reviewed and retained.
NO.
CHK
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
BA
d. e. f. g. h.
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
22 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
3. 4.
The Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan shall indicate the scheduled dates of testing and inspection at the designated location. Factory inspection & testing of major equipment/materials (i.e. 380kV Cables and terminations etc.) involved in the PROJECT, the CONTRACTOR shall arrange traveling requirements including economy class flight and accommodation for four (4) COMPANY Personnel for witnessing the field or laboratory testing. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a schedule for factory inspection of major equipment/materials along with base design package for COMPANY review.
DESCRIPTION
D.
NO. 2 3 1
Manufacturers/Suppliers 1. 2. CONTRACTOR shall procure all major material items for the PROJECT from COMPANY qualified and approved sources. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that purchase orders to manufacturers/suppliers contain all the applicable industry and COMPANY developed standards and specifications. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that Purchase Order(s) to approved manufacturers/ suppliers are not re-assigned or sub-contracted to other manufacturers/suppliers without COMPANYs written consent. Control Services CONTRACTOR(s)
REVISIONS
APPROVED
3.
BA
E. Quality Assurance and Quality [Independent Inspection Agency] 1.
CERTIFIED
CONTRACTOR shall CONTRACT COMPANY approved Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR(s) to provide quality control/quality assurance monitoring of all quality activities related to procurement of materials and equipment to be used in this PROJECT. CONTRACTOR shall instruct the contracted Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR(s) to provide directly to COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE, by express mail or fax, four (4) copies of material status, quality surveillance reports, inspection and test reports within seven (7) days after the inspection. Soft copies of these signed reports in CD shall also be furnished and submitted for company records. All pages of the inspection and test reports shall be reviewed, signed and stamped by the approved inspector from the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTORs Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR shall not re-assign or sublet portion of their contracted quality control/quality assurance monitoring WORK. CONTRACTOR shall provide the COMPANY a copy of the Scope of WORK issued to the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall instruct the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR to verify and check each material/equipment for
2.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
3.
4. 5.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
23 OF 72
APP
CERT.
conformance against the PROJECT Scope of WORK and Technical Specification and each clause of the applicable SEC Material Standard Specification (SMSS) and Transmission Material Standard Specification (TMSS) and report all deviations that are not included in the COMPANY issued clarifications. The report of the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR shall include the following: a. b. c. PROJECT title, CONTRACT number. Complete description of the inspected material/equipment. Report number and date. Place and date of inspection, scope of inspection. Documents used during inspection. Manufacturer and manufactured. plant location where the equipment was
DESCRIPTION
CHK
NO.
d. e. f. g.
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
Detailed description of the inspection and testing activities and their results, deviations to specification, manufacturers explanation to the deviations, visual inspection result, packing and marking inspection result, conclusion and copy of the outline drawing of the inspected material/equipment. Witnessed tests and reviewed test data shall be clearly identified in the inspection reports. Name of the inspector(s).
BA
h. 6.
CERTIFIED
CONTRACTOR shall furnish copies of the following document to the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR(s) contracted to perform quality assurance and quality control monitoring of each material and equipment before surveillance: a. b. c. Purchase Order placed to the manufacturer/supplier. Relevant section of PROJECT Scope of WORK and Technical Specification. Applicable COMPANY developed standard and specification. Manufacturers Technical Specifications and COMPANY approved design drawings. COMPANYs approval of material/equipment clarifications issued by the COMPANY. and applicable
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
d. e. f.
DATE :____________________
COMPANY approved test program, manufacturing quality control plan or inspection and test plan.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
24 OF 72
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY 7.
APP
CERT.
CONTRACTOR shall send to the COMPANY, copy (ies) of all technical correspondence exchanged between CONTRACTOR and Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall obtain approval from COMPANY before allowing any personnel of the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR to perform quality assurance and quality control monitoring activities related to procurement of materials to be used in this PROJECT. The specific material/equipment to be inspected, manufacturer and location of manufacturing plant shall be identified for each proposed inspector of the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR. Employment by CONTRACTOR of a Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR of any obligation set forth in this CONTRACT.
CHK
8.
DESCRIPTION
9.
NO. 2
REVISIONS
F.
Release for Shipment Certificate 1. Release for Shipment Certificate is a certificate issued by the CONTRACTOR to the supplier/manufacturer to release the described material for shipment after recommendation by the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR and approval by the COMPANY. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all material requiring inspection and/or quality surveillance at the supplier/manufacturers facility are not shipped to the WORK SITE without a Release for Shipment Certificate. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that material shipped without approved Release for Shipment Certificate is subject to rejection and return at the CONTRACTORs expense. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all inspection and surveillance reports and any other requirements are satisfactorily completed before requesting the COMPANY to approve the Release for Shipment Certificate.
APPROVED
2.
BA
3.
CERTIFIED
4.
G. Receipt Inspection 1.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
CONTRACTOR shall conduct receipt inspection of major material and equipment after delivery at the WORKSITE and shall submit a copy of the report to the COMPANY. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report to the COMPANY any shipment and transportation damage.
BY
2.
DATE :____________________
H. Independent Testing Laboratory 1. 2. CONTRACTOR shall contract COMPANY approved Independent Testing Laboratory for material and field testing services. CONTRACTOR shall instruct the contracted Independent Testing Laboratory to provide four (4) copies of the test results and reports directly to COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE within three (3) days of the test completion. Test reports
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
25 OF 72
APP
CERT.
shall indicate the tested characteristics, test methods, acceptance criteria and applicable standard. The PROJECT Contract Number shall be used as reference on all reports. 3. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that contracted Independent Testing Laboratory does not re-assign or sublet any portion of their contracted testing WORK. CONTRACTOR shall provide the COMPANY a copy of the Scope of WORK issued to and finalized with the Independent Testing Laboratory. CONTRACTOR shall make reasonable effort to obtain timely access by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE to the Independent Testing Laboratorys facility, should the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE exercise the option to witness any or all the tests and verify the calibration status of the testing equipment. Employment by CONTRACTOR of an Independent Testing Laboratory shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR of any obligation set forth in this CONTRACT.
DESCRIPTION
CHK
4. 5.
NO.
REVISIONS
6. I.
Inspection by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE 1. COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE will conduct routine and/or periodic inspection of the WORK. CONTRACTOR shall provide facilities and access to COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE to inspect the WORK and witness the tests. CONTRACTOR shall advise the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE in writing the schedule of any field or laboratory testing to be conducted for this PROJECT showing the dates and location of testing. CONTRACTOR shall attach a copy of the completed inspection checklist or final/in-process inspection report by the CONTRACTORs QA/QC engineer/inspector on every inspection request submitted to the COMPANY. CONTRACTORs QA/QC engineer/inspector shall ensure that the items for inspection covered by the CONTRACTORs Inspection Request are ready and in accordance with the CONTRACT requirements prior to inspection by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. Inspection and witnessing of testing at site by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE shall be within the regular working hours of the COMPANY. CONTRACTORs schedule for inspection and witnessing of testing at site by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE outside of the regular COMPANY working hours shall have prior approval from the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
APPROVED
BA
2.
3.
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
26 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
J.
COMPANYs Quality Assessment (Audit) Right 1. COMPANY reserves the right to conduct scheduled and/or unscheduled quality assessment of CONTRACTORs Quality System, PROJECT Operation, and PROJECT Quality Plan implementation. The results of such assessments (audits) shall be confidential between the CONTRACTOR and the COMPANY. CONTRACTOR shall provide all access and assistance in a timely manner to COMPANY personnel who will perform the quality assessment (audit).
NO.
DESCRIPTION
REVISIONS
The CONTRACTOR shall implement corrective actions on all deficient areas discovered during the quality assessment (audit) within a mutually agreeable time frame. All costs (except cost of wages, transportation and lodging of COMPANY Quality Assessors) incurred during the quality assessment (audit) shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. 2. CONTRACTOR shall include the following conditions on purchase order placed with the manufacturers/suppliers: COMPANY reserves the right to perform plant survey, quality assessment (audit), and quality surveillance activities and to inspect material at the suppliers/ manufacturers facility to verify compliance with the terms and conditions of the purchase order and its related documents. COMPANY reserves the right to witness any and all tests specified and to perform such visual examination (inspection) at the suppliers/manufacturers facility. COMPANY reserves the right to require certificates and data from the supplier/manufacturer on any pertinent aspect of the manufacturing process, including but not limited to, mill test reports, heat treatment certificates, welders and welding procedure qualification records, non-destructive examination records, test records and quality control manual that will form part of the non-material requirement that shall be shipped to COMPANY as a document package. K. Quality Control on CONTRACTORS Workmanship Workmanship of the CONTRACTOR personnel in various tasks during the project shall be thoroughly monitored by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVES. Task skill and pattern of handling shall be the key points of this check. In case of poor performance is observed, COMPANY will stop the work immediately and take corrective measures in order to maintain the PROJECTS quality. L. Additional Requirements The final COMPANY approved protection and control drawings with latest revision numbers shall be the only drawings used by the independent inspection agency for testing and acceptance of protection and control equipment. The acceptance criteria shall include individual device testing and complete functional and point to point wiring check of the panels in conjunction with the composite AC and DC schematics and the rear view panel wiring diagrams. Each check shall refer to
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
27 OF 72
APP
CERT.
specific drawing and revision number. This shall be implemented immediately after base design meeting. 2.08 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
CHK
DESCRIPTION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY complete original sets of Maintenance/Operations Manuals, consisting of, as a minimum, the following documents: 1. Detailed manufacturer's instruction manuals applicable to each equipment installed. These manuals shall contain all information (including any special design and/or construction or operation feature), which may be required by the COMPANY for safe operation and maintenance of the new facilities and shall describe fully erection, commissioning, operation and maintenance procedures including mechanical/ electrical tolerances for maintenance/repair purposes. Manufacturer's instruction manuals applicable to each particular test apparatus. Complete sets of exploded view drawings with comprehensive parts identification for each device to enable the COMPANY to catalog and order. Interconnection and Schematic Diagrams. Setting and Calibration Procedures and Instructions.
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
2. 3. 4. 5.
BA
APPROVED
B. The submission schedule for operation and maintenance manuals as detailed in (A) above shall be as given below: 1. Six (6) sets for preliminary review by COMPANY as to adequacy, completeness and legibility, etc. at least eight (8) weeks before starting the commissioning tests. Four (4) complete sets of fully revised manuals incorporating the COMPANYS comments to the full satisfaction of the COMPANY on technical completion. One soft copy of all the above documents complied in CD.
CERTIFIED
2.
3.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
C. The operation and maintenance manuals shall contain all information, which may be required by the COMPANY for safe operation and maintenance of the new facilities. Any special design and/or construction/operating features, basic operating procedures and philosophy shall also be included. 2.09 TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide technical data manuals for the underground cable system installed under the scope of this PROJECT. B. The manuals binders shall have COMPANY logo, binder number and PROJECT title, and CONTRACT Number on the front cover.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
28 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
2.10 TEST RECORD BOOK A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a "Test Record Book", which shall include the following:
DESCRIPTION
1. 2.
Factory test report of each particular equipment installed. Field test report, which shall include the following: a. b. Description of Equipment Tested and Manufacturer's Nameplate Data Description of Test List of Apparatus with Calibration Data Test Results Conclusions and Recommendations Appendix, including test forms
NO.
REVISIONS
c. d. e. f.
APPROVED
B. Each test form where applicable shall include a column quoting the acceptable maximum and minimum limits of the test in terms of voltage, current, frequency, time, etc. and include As Found and As Left values.
BA
C. Four (4) copies of the "Test Record Book" are to be submitted within thirty (30) days after completion of the PROJECT. 2.11 PLANT TAGGING OF EQUIPMENT AND INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS
CERTIFIED
A. The CONTRACTOR shall affix Plant Tag to each and every individual equipment including independent components to be installed under this CONTRACT, which have a material value of Five Thousand Saudi Riyals (SR 5,000), or more. The CONTRACTOR shall install Plant Tags adjacent to the Manufacturer's Data Plate or at any other place approved by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. The CONTRACTOR shall affix Plant Tags by bolts and nuts, or rivets or welds, or adhesives, as instructed in writing by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE, depending on the type of equipment to be tagged. The CONTRACTOR shall complete Plant Tagging before technical Completion. B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to COMPANY a list of all equipment and independent components to be tagged, using the format of COMPANY Form No. 16511 (2/10) Exhibit I to the Job Specifications. Based on this list, COMPANY shall assign Plant Tag Number to each item and CONTRACTOR shall install the Plant Tags in accordance with this list. COMPANY will, within one (1) month from the date of receipt of the list, issue to CONTRACTOR the Plant Tags together with the list showing assigned Plant Tag Numbers. C. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required, assist the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE in locating all equipment identified by Plant Tag Numbers in accordance with the list provided by the CONTRACTOR.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
29 OF 72
APP
CERT.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall supply, before technical Completion, detailed lists of plant tagging to COMPANYS REPRESENTATIVE for use and reference. 2.12 CONTRACTOR/COMPANYs CONSTRUCTION SITE OFFICE AND FACILITY
DESCRIPTION
CHK
A. The CONTRACTOR shall install a temporary site office prior to mobilization of any construction activity pertaining to the PROJECT. Proposal with layout sketch of the site office shall be submitted to COMPANY for approval. If located outside the COMPANY compound, written permission of the owner of the land/premises shall be obtained and copy furnished to the COMPANY for records. B. The CONTRACTOR shall supply and maintain a temporary site office accommodation for COMPANY use including a conference room, prayer room and sanitary facilities, such as toilet and wash room. This site office shall be of very good condition. It shall be provided with air conditioning capable of maintaining 25C room temperature. Necessary cleaning/janitorial services and drinking water facilities shall be provided. Telephone, furniture, fire protection equipment, office equipment and supplies including, but not limited to the following, should be available at Site Office: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Latest IBM compatible PC with Printers (2 numbers each), MS Office and MS PROJECT installed. Copying Machine - 1 Fax Machine - 1 Four (4) Drawer Filing Cabinets - 4 Desks - 4 Reference Tables - 2 Swivel Chairs - 4 Conference Table for eight (8) with chairs Drawing File Racks - 2 Guest Chairs - 4 Presentation Blackboard - 1 Log Books and Office Stationery Portable Fire Extinguishers, Type ABC, 30 lbs. - 2 First-aid Cabinet - 1
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
CERTIFIED
BA
C. Electricity Connection/Electrical Wiring

BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
The CONTRACTOR shall provide his own generators to meet construction, testing and commissioning power requirements. However, if power supply point is available near the PROJECT site, then a temporary metered electricity connection on chargeable basis will be provided by the COMPANY to the site office by Operating Area at the request of the CONTRACTOR. The temporary electrical wiring and installation for the site office is to be performed in accordance with the requirements of the latest revision of the National Electrical Code (NEC) or the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
30 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
D. Telephone Connection The CONTRACTOR shall avail a temporary telecommunication facility at the site office. The COMPANY may, at its discretion, allow the CONTRACTOR to have temporary extension of telephone connection, if possible, from the existing telecommunication facility on remittance of telephone rental charges as per COMPANY regulations. Telephone sets and associated cabling shall be installed by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR will be allowed to use the telephone only for making local calls. E. Water Supply Connection For site office requirement and construction purpose, the CONTRACTOR shall arrange adequate water supply from Municipality. If no Municipal water supply extension is available, a water tank of adequate capacity shall be installed for site requirement during construction stage. F.
APPROVED
NO.
DESCRIPTION
2
THM
REVISIONS
Drainage Connection A temporary drainage connection from existing system shall be provided to the site office. Alternate arrangement as per standards shall be provided if drainage facility does not exist.
G.
BA
Quality of Temporary WORK Temporary WORK shall conform to applicable COMPANY Standards and/or the requirement of concerned outside agencies and shall be removed from the premises upon completion of the WORK, unless specifically mentioned otherwise.
CERTIFIED
H. Housekeeping and Cleanliness The CONTRACTOR shall bestow special attention in housekeeping and cleanliness. All rubbish and waste shall be removed at regular intervals from the site on daily basis. During construction, all nearby equipments shall be secured by the CONTRACTOR to prevent the intrusion of the dust into these equipments. I. Demobilization After obtaining the demobilization approval from the COMPANY, the CONTRACTOR shall arrange to remove all temporary facilities and submit clearance certificates from the concerned authorities on completion of the PROJECT or fifteen (15) days after removal of the temporary facilities whichever is later. 2.13 LOSS PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS The CONTRACTOR and/or CONTRACTORs SUBCONTRACTOR(s) shall strictly comply with the following Loss Prevention requirements, in addition to the stipulations in Schedule A - General Terms and Conditions of CONTRACT:
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
31 OF 72
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY A. General Requirements 1.
CHK
APP
CERT.
Strict adherence to all applicable provisions of the COMPANY Accident Prevention Manual and Construction Safety Manual (ISD Special Manual No. 6.483). Compliance with the provisions of the COMPANY General Instructions on WORK Permit and Clearance Procedure (G.I. 65.111). The CONTRACTOR shall have an authorized employee with certificate to receive WORK Permit. If the CONTRACTOR has no authorized employee, or has an employee with expired certificate, he shall be responsible to coordinate with the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE for scheduling of WORK Permit training course. All activities of the CONTRACTOR near or inside the substation shall be allowed only after securing WORK Permit. The CONTRACTOR shall submit his Loss Prevention Program to the COMPANY sufficiently in advance to obtain COMPANY approval prior to commencement of WORK at site. The Loss Prevention Programs shall contain the following: a. Cover Page complete with references, as follows: b. CONTRACTORs Name Title of Submittal PROJECT Title and Location CONTRACT Number COMPANYs Name Date of revision
NO.
DESCRIPTION
2.
REVISIONS
3.
APPROVED
BA
Table of Contents CONTRACTORs COMPANY Safety Policy Statement complete with signature over printed name and title of CONTRACTORs Management REPRESENTATIVE. Specific program items (suitable for the SOW) that the CONTRACTOR proposes to implement during the CONTRACT execution. Attachments necessary to supplement the program. PROJECT Table of Organization Construction Schedule Equipment Schedule Manpower Schedule CONTRACTORs standard forms for safety related reports. Temporary Facilities Layout Plan showing the distribution, type and capacity of portable fire extinguishers - Temporary Facilities Location Plan - Copy of valid certificate of first aid
CERTIFIED
c.
d.
e.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
32 OF 72
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY 4.
APP
CERT.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide necessary personal protective clothing (i.e. head, eye, face, hand, and foot protection) and respiratory protective equipment including personal protective equipment for fall protection such as safety belts and lifelines, and implement wearing them. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and use adequate and suitable safety/warning signs, cordon tapes, portable barricades, warning lights and personnel protective equipment at the JOB SITE to protect the safety of COMPANY and CONTRACTOR personnel and the public, and to prevent damage to property. The CONTRACTOR shall provide first aid facilities and must have a certified employee to administer first aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR). The CONTRACTOR shall refrain from using mechanized excavation equipment within restricted areas unless cleared and permitted to do so. The CONTRACTOR shall request in advance a clearance for de-energizing the interfacing points and observe grounding procedures. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the COMPANY, ID cards for his employees and stickers for his vehicles/equipment prior to mobilization to site. In order to prevent theft/loss of materials/equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall take the necessary measures and precautions including but not limited to the following: a. b. All materials provided or used in this CONTRACT shall be stored by the CONTRACTOR in safe and secured locations even if stored for short period of time. If the equipment/materials are to be stored in the substation area for a prolonged period, the CONTRACTOR shall ensure that they are kept in locked containers or any other appropriate method of storage such that the materials/equipment are not easily noticeable by people with intention of theft or pilferage. Moreover, such containers shall be placed at a distance from the fence/boundary wall. The CONTRACTOR shall also consider other factors (i.e. temperature, humidity) affecting the storage of the materials/equipment being stored in containers, to avoid any damage during such storage period.
CHK
5.
DESCRIPTION
6.
NO. 2 3 1
REVISIONS
7. 8. 9.
APPROVED
10.
BA
CERTIFIED
c.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
B. PROJECT Involving Elevated WORKS 1. The CONTRACTOR shall submit his heavy equipment (i.e. cranes and bucket trucks) to the COMPANY for safety inspection and certification and correspondingly stick with green safety sticker. The CONTRACTORs ladders shall conform to OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration) standard. Safety practices shall be followed in positioning ladders. Scaffolds shall be designed, built and inspected by a competent engineer prior to its use.
DATE :____________________
2.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
33 OF 72
APP
CERT.
C. PROJECT Involving Welding and Cutting Operations 1. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide suitable fire extinguishers to be used in case of fire emergencies. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the welding gas cylinders with suitable rack that is equipped with security chain(s).
DESCRIPTION
CHK
D. PROJECT near Energized Lines or Equipment Observe working clearances when working near or about energized line or equipment as per COMPANYs Accident Prevention Manual. E. PROJECT Requiring the Use of Chemical(s) Submit material safety data sheets (MSDS) of chemicals required or which are to be used in the execution of the PROJECT. 2.14 OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS The successful bidder/CONTRACTOR shall submit itemized prices and complete technical data/ brochures for the spare parts included in the list per Appendix-V. These shall be in accordance with the requirements as listed in the pricing attachment 'VI' to SCHEDULE "C" of this contract.
BA
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
2.15
SHUTDOWN/ OUTAGE COORDINATION Planned outages of existing equipment, which are required for CONTRACTORs installation of new equipment or movement/relocation of existing equipment, shall be minimized by CONTRACTOR during his PROJECT execution.
CERTIFIED
Where outages of existing equipment cannot be avoided, CONTRACTOR shall coordinate all details of planned outages through the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE with initial coordination occurring during the base design stage of the PROJECT. As part of the CONTRACTORs coordination activity (for the planned outage), CONTRACTOR shall provide reasons, plans and detailed schedule for the planned outages that will be subjected to COMPANYs review and approval. COMPANYs approval of planned outages shall be based solely on COMPANYs operational considerations. CONTRACTOR shall note that, as a minimum requirement, COMPANY will consider approval of CONTRACTORs proposed planned outages during low load periods (beginning of November to start of April), and when CONTRACTOR shall provide enough manpower at the outage site(s) to minimize the planned outage time.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
34 OF 72
APP
CERT.
No unplanned outages/disruptions of COMPANYs equipment or systems shall be allowed to support the CONTRACTORs installation of any new equipment, or CONTRACTORs movement/relocation of existing equipment at any site.
DESCRIPTION
CHK
**** END OF SECTION II ****

NO. 2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
BA
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
35 OF 72
CHK
APP
CERT.
SECTION III - SCOPE OF WORK

3.01 GENERAL A. This PROJECT shall be carried out on Lump Sum Turnkey basis. The CONTRACTOR shall design, manufacture/procure, supply and deliver all equipment and materials, construction, commissioning, SITE testing and provide other related services for the completion of this PROJECT in accordance with the requirements of this Scope of WORK and Technical Specifications. B. The WORK shall include, but not limited to, the following:
NO.
DESCRIPTION
1. 2. 3.
All design and engineering services. Procurement and filling of all the Cable Pipes with Bentonite. Extra length of cable shall be provided in shape of snacking, at both ends of straight through joints and cable termination ends for future re-jointing. Inspection, testing & commissioning of all constructed and installed equipment, and their allied facilities. The whole specified cable route shall be thoroughly investigated and surveyed. Any utilities/cables found along the route, which provide hindrance to the construction of cable tunnels/ducts, shall be reflected in the design drawings & relocated (if required). If such relocation is not possible then an alternate route shall be proposed & submitted to SEC for approval. Contractor shall submit to SEC final feasible drawings for 380kV cable tunnel route & Fiber optic/control cables ducts route for approval.
REVISIONS
APPROVED
4. 5.
BA
CERTIFIED
7.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall handover all dismantled materials/equipment if any to COMPANY designated warehouse. D. Contractor shall coordinate with SEC/Other Contractors (if any) for relocation of the existing facilities/cables as required.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
36 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
3.02 ELECTRICAL WORK
DESCRIPTION
380kV CABLES FROM GT Generation Transformers of Steam Turbines) AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO 380kV GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
The WORK shall include, but not limited to, the following: A. Complete design, supply and installation of Three (3) 380kV, U/G Cable circuits consisting of one run of 1/C-1000mm2, Copper conductor, Super clean-XLPE Cable per phase, complete with all required cable terminations, splice kits and all other accessories between GT AT Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION, as per 380kV cable route plan drawing # CT-906045 Approximate route length of each circuit are as below 1. Steam Turbine #1 To S/S 9032 : 600M 2. Steam Turbine #02 To S/S 9032: 330M 3. Steam Turbine #03 To S/S 9032: 1000M B. Complete design, supply and installation Fiber Optic, Multicore/ LV / Control Cables, As per respective Appendices, along with the Cable Circuits, complete with all required accessories between GT at Qassim Power Plant (Transmission room) and GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION Eighteen (18) nos. 380kV Cable Sealing Ends, Nine (9) nos.SF6/XLPE at new Qassim-4 (9032) and Nine (9) nos. Oil Immersed type at GT of Qassim power Plant, complete with cable termination kits, SF6/XLPE, XLPE/Oil interfaces and all other accessories. Lot: Suitable Link Boxes in underground pits and Sheath Voltage limiters as per Design calculations. Note: The 380kV Cable Sheaths shall be fully cross bonded. The 380kV cables shall be checked for bonding configuration adequacy and sheath voltage limiter, which shall be provided. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish calculations for COMPANY review/approval.
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
BA
C.
CERTIFIED
D.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
E. F.
Lot: Grounding interconnections including supply of all grounding materials and provide grounding as per TES-P-104.08, Rev.01. Six (6) channel Distributed Temperature Sensing System complete with Digital Controller based Control Panel, Sensors, Fiber optic cable (4 fiber) per phase monitoring, Heat Tracing cables and all other accessories for a complete system. DTS shall have self checking facility for the system. Spare contacts shall be provided for LD i.e. supplies system fiber failure. One printer shall be provided along with DTS system. The DTS system shall be integrated with SAS. Testing & commissioning of DTS System including Optic fiber DTS cable and documentation of the results.
DATE :____________________
G.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
37 OF 72
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY H.
APP
CERT.
Testing and commissioning of proposed underground power cables end-toend between GT at Qassim Power Plant & GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION and documentation of the results. All required WORK, materials, tools and accessories to perform this testing and commissioning shall be provided and performed by the CONTRACTOR. Gassing and degassing of related 380kV GIS cable compartments at Qassim4 (9032) SUBSTATION and documentation for the above mentioned work. Gassing & degassing work including Electrical Tests is the CONTRACTORS responsibility but it should be carried out by the GIS manufacturer or as approved by SEC.
CHK
DESCRIPTION
I.
NO.
J. Testing & commissioning of Optic fiber cables for protection and documentation of the results, as per APPENDIX-VII. 3.03 CIVIL WORK For Civil and Structural works, refer to Appendix-VIII. 3.04. INDUSTRIAL SECURITY AND FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Fire Detection / Alarm System 1. Provide and install complete fire detection/alarm systems as per SEC specification TES-B-106-01 Rev.0 at cable tunnels that shall include the following major equipment/devices: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Fire Protective Signaling Panel (FPSP) located at Control Room Mimic panel located at Control Building Annunciation Panel at Guard House (if Applicable) Automatic Fire Detectors Manual Alarm Stations Audible and Visual Alarm Devices Data Printer to be located at Control Building Fire Fighting Equipment.
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
CERTIFIED
BA
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
2. Annunciation/ alarm & clean agent gas discharge shall be transmitted to SAS & LDC. Detailed proposal shall be submitted for SEC review and Approval. B. Fire Protection System 1. All Cable Tunnels shall be provided with complete Fixed Installation Total Flooding Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System to comply with the requirements of TES-B-106.05 or TES-B-106.06. It shall also comply with NFPA 2001 (2012 Edition). 2. Power cable shall be made flame retardant inside the substation which may be achieved by painting. The supply of
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
38 OF 72
APP
CERT.
REVISIONS
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
paint shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR/ Manufacturer. 3. The fire protection system shall be integrated with SAS. 4. Refer to TES-B-106.05 or TES-B-106.06 for specification for Fixed Installation Total Flooding Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System. 5. All fire fighting equipment to be provided shall be UL listed and/or Factory Mutual (FM) approved. Fire fighting system to be provided shall fully comply with all requirements of relevant NFPA codes and standards. 6. Each area protected with clean agent system shall have independent conventional control panel complete with conventional detectors. The control panel shall have provision for automatic and manual mode to be located in close proximity to the area being protected. 7. Each door leading to the protected areas (exit or entrance) shall have clean agent system indicators located outside of the protected area next to the door. 8. Visual & audible alarm shall be provided inside and outside the protected areas. 9. Cable penetration fire stops shall be provided in accordance with the requirements outlined in TES-P-119.21. 10. The minimum clean agent design concentration to be used in design shall be based on NFPA 2001, 2012 Edition. No elevation correction shall be applied. 11. The cable tunnels shall be provided with partition & door at every 60 meters interval. 12. Maximum capacity of clean agent cylinder shall not exceed 750 pounds. 13. Clean agent cylinders located inside the protected area shall be provided with manual-mechanical / manual-pneumatic actuator beside the door of the entrance to the protected spaces. 14. Cylinders for cable tunnels shall be located in an unobstruced and accessible area when installed inside the cable tunnel, otherwise an independent and air-conditioned cylinder room shall be provided above the tunnel. 15. Fire Extinguishers shall be provided and installed in accordance with the requirements of 90-TMSS-03 and TESP-119.21. 3.05 MECHANICAL WORKS The WORK shall include supply of equipment, materials, labor and tools for the installation of new systems. The WORK shall also include equipment start-up, testing and commissioning for the new systems and to execute other related services for the safe, efficient and reliable performance and complete installation of this PROJECT to the satisfaction of the COMPANY in conformance with the requirements as prescribed below.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
39 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
Cable Tunnels 1. 2. 3. 4. Ventilation system shall be provided for the cable tunnels. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Ventilation System. Drainage System. Smoke purging/ventilating fans shall be provided in accordance with the requirements for cable basement in TES-P-119.19.
DESCRIPTION
3.06
PROJECT DESIGN DOCUMENTS, CALCULATIONS AND DRAWINGS A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit all design documents, calculations, studies and drawings at various stages of the PROJECT as per Table 3.01, as a minimum. Table 3.01
INDEX
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
DOCUMENT TYPE
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION XLPE Power Cables XLPE Cable Terminations and Splice Kits Grounding Cables and Grounding Rods Bonding Leads & Sheath Sectionalizing Insulators Sheath Voltage Limiter (SVL) Link Box along with its accessories Power Cable Clamps Fire Alarm System Equipment U/G Non Metallic Fiber Optic Cable (U/G NFOC) NMFOC Accessories Optical Fiber Joint Boxes Link Box Foundation Cable Supports Cable Warning Tapes Cable Protective Tiles Steel Wire Mesh Cable warning post Duct Sealing Units PVC Conduits and Fittings HDPE/Corrugated Sub ducts HVAC Equipment Fire Protection Equipment Plumbing Equipment Concrete Asphalt Concrete Pavement Reinforcing Steel Backfill Materials Water Leakage Sealant for Cable Ducts & Fire Proofing Material to Protect the Cables in Cable Basement Description of the Project Scope of Work Design Basis and Data
BID STAGE
BASE DESIGN STAGE
DETAIL & AS-BUILT CONSTRUCTI STAGE ON STAGE
APPROVED
P P P P P P P EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS T T T
X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
X X X
X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X
A A A
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
REPO RTS, PRO CEDU RES, PROP
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
40 OF 72

A A A A Maintenance Aspects Major Materials Purchase Requisitions (Preliminary) Soil Thermal Resistivity Measurements Report along cables route Type Test Reports for Major Equipment/Materials Detailed Cable Ampacity Calculations Electrical Interference Study in case the power cable parallel to communication circuits Calculations of Power Cables Sequence Impedances Calculations for Cable Metallic Sheath Sizing and Fault current withstand capability Calculations for Sheath Induced Voltage under normal & fault conditions and the Selection of Sheath Voltage Limiters (SVL) Detailed explanation for adopting the major/minor sections arrangement for cross bonding scheme Cable pulling tension and sidewall pressure calculations Structural Design calculations for duct banks on road crossings Drawing Control Sheet Revision of Existing Drawing Control Sheets Plot Plan - Power cables Routing Plan Plan & profile details - Showing the cables circuits with necessary sections, Elevations and Details, utilities, spacing (splicing) points, location of link Boxes for cable sheath grounding and communication Hand holes. List of Materials SITE Layout Abbreviations, Symbols and Legend Underground power cables System One Line Diagram Relaying and Metering - System One Line Diagram Cable Arrangement and Details in <<Substation basements & Tunnles/Troughs>> Cable Metallic Sheath Grounding (Bonding) Arrangement and Details Link Box Locations Plan, Section and Details Revised Existing COMPANY Drawings to reflect the newly completed PROJECT

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
DESCRIPTION
CHK
APP
CERT.
P P P
NO.
P P
2
THM
REVISIONS
P
APPROVED
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
P P
BA
CONTROL SHEET
X X
A/P A/P
CERTIFIED
DESIGN DRAWINGS
A A P P P P P P P
X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
41 OF 72

P Power Cables Termination Arrangement, Termination Plan, Sections/Details and Splicing Details Interface diagrams of Power cables at <<Source Substation and Destination Substation>>. Underground power and Fiber Optic Cables Routing Plan and profile, Sections and Details Fiber Optic Cable Interconnection Diagram Key Plan - Fiber Optic Cable Fiber Optic Cable Route/Layout Inside <<Three Substations>> Fiber Optic Cable Pulling Plan and Calculations Details Mandrel Test Plan Details Communication Hand hole Plan Communication Hand hole fold outs and details Overall FOC cable layout U/G NMFOC Route plan Fiber Optic Cable Splicing details Power Cables Support and Calculation of Cable Clamp Spacing Duct bank Details Steel Bending Details Link Box Foundation Details Hand hole Details Details of Trenches & Duct banks PROJECT PERT/CPM Schedule for Monitoring and Control Activities CONTRACTORS Loss Prevention Program Site Security Plan QA/QC Plan Inspection, Test Plan and Factory Test Procedure for Materials Site Pre-commissioning & Commissioning Plan Site Work Test Procedure Job Safety Plan - CONTRACTORS Loss Prevention Program SITE Security Plan Preliminary Outage Schedule and Plan Final Outage Schedule and Plan

X X X
CHK
APP
CERT.
P P/T T T T
NO.
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
DESCRIPTION
T
2 3 1
REVISIONS
T T T T T T M Q/R Q/R Q/R Q/R Q/R A A TEST PLAN, SCHEDULE, PROCEDURES ETC.
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
A A A A A A A A A
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
X - Indicates requirement for submission. The requirements indicated under column Detail & Construction Stage shall be submitted as indicated against each item. The time schedule for the submittal of each
group shall be finalized during base design. Partial submittal of calculations/drawings in any group will not be accepted.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
42 OF 72
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY Notes to the Above Table: 1. a. Bid Stage
CHK
APP
CERT.
The following shall be provided for each indicated item in the table: Data Schedules completely filled-up, signed, dated and stamped by both the Manufacturer and Contractor Equipment catalogues makes, type and technical parameters duly highlighted Certified Type (Design) Test report of all major equipment Clause by clause compliance statement of the COMPANYS Material Standards Specification duly signed, dated stamped and dated by both the Manufacturer and Contractor List of past supplies Vendor drawings
NO.
DESCRIPTION
REVISIONS
b.
The following shall also be provided: Compliance statement for the scope of WORK duly signed, dated and stamped by Contractor List of deviations, if any duly signed, dated and stamped by both the Manufacturer and Contractor
APPROVED
2.
BA
Base Design Stage Final approval of major equipment (indicated under bid stage, Table 3.01), after all deviations have been resolved, shall be obtained. The following shall be provided for each indicated item in the table: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Design calculations Original manufacturers drawings and literatures Design drawings Final data schedules duly signed, stamped and dated by both equipment/ manufacturers and CONTRACTOR Final clause-by-clause compliance statement duly signed, stamped and dated by both equipment/material manufacturers and CONTRACTOR Vendor drawings Computer Software used for Current Rating & Sheath Induced Voltage Calculations shall be provided along with two (2) Dongle Keys to EHV-E & DD at the time of submission of Current Rating & Sheath Induced Voltage Calculations and training two (2) EHV-E & DD Engineers for the supplied Software
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
3. Final Design and Construction Drawings Stage a. Final Design Drawings Final design drawings shall be provided for each indicated item in the table. Final design calculation for the PROJECT and additional calculations, if required.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
43 OF 72
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY b.
APP
CERT.
Final approval of design drawings, after incorporating all comments of COMPANY, shall be obtained. Vendor drawings Construction Drawings Final construction drawings shall be provided for each indicated item in the table. Revised final construction drawings shall be provided, if required.
CHK
DESCRIPTION
4.
As-Built Stage a. As-built drawings shall be provided for each indicated item in the table. The As-built drawings for Power and Fiber Optic Cable Routes shall include Cable and Joints locations using Global Positioning System (GPS) on following scales:
NO.
REVISIONS
b.
Key Plan: 1:10000/1:20000 depending on the Route-Length or as directed by the SEC. Detailed Drawings: 1:300/1:1000 depending on the Route-Length or as directed by the SEC. Along with the final detail design package, CONTRACTOR shall submit the following in Abode Portable Document Format (PDF) files. Packages shall be put such that each discipline documents are arranged in a separate folder. CONTRACTOR shall furnish the same in a CD. a. b. c. d. Design Drawings Design Calculations Material Data Schedules Equipment Catalogue
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
The revision numbers and revision notes shall be retained in the submitted final detail design drawings. Both of input and output files for design calculations carried out by computer programs shall be furnished. All PDF files shall have no open or change security password.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
3.07
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS The CONTRACTOR shall also carry out the following WORK:
DATE :____________________
B.
The CONTRACTOR shall satisfy all the conditions listed in the approvals for the PERMIT/APPROVAL from all concerned authority (if required) of utilities in the proposed routes and coordinate all WORK activities with the respective agencies. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with all the above mentioned m agencies and correspondences regarding permit / approval. E. Reinstatement of existing facilities such as asphalt, curb stone, median, plant, Landscape, etc., shall be reinstated to the satisfaction of COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE and agencies/authorities involved.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
44 OF 72
APP
CERT.
F. Excavation and, if necessary, Dewatering, shuttering of the Cable Trenches as Well as the preparation of the Cable Ducts and Supporting Structures for the Installation of the Cables. 3.08. PROJECT INTERFACE The following summarizes the interface jobs/activities between Contractors/Client at Qassim Power Plant and at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION and 380kV Underground Cable Contractors. These Jobs/activities shall be coordinated through the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. AT Qassim power plant & Qassim-4 Substation (9032)
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK
REVISIONS
Sr. #
ACTIVITY [Include design, supply of material, erection, testing & commissioning] Construction of respective Tunnels as per Approved cable Route drawing between Qassim power Plant & Qassim-4 380KV S/S (9032) for 380KV cables Construction of respective cable duct bank/HH /steel pipes, as per Contractor Approved Route Drawing between Qassim power Plant & Qassim-4 380KV S/S (9032) for laying optic fiber and Control/instrumentation/Multicore/ LV cables. Provision of all required cable supports/trays/ladders/clamps and Grounding Interconnection at GT, inside cable tunnels & GIS hall, for laying 380kV Power cables and DTS cables. Laying of 380kV power cables between GT at Qassim power Plant & 380kV GIS cable compartments at Qassim-4 S/S (9032), including link boxes & SVLs and complete DTS system. Termination, testing & commissioning of 380kV power cables including complete DTS system Gassing/degassing of 380kV GIS cable compartments at Qassim-4 (9032) S/S for termination of 380KV power cables
Power Plant Contra ctor C
Cable Contrac tor
S/S Contrac tor C
Remarks
1
APPROVED
2
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
C Gassing/d egassing to be carried out by GIS
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
45 OF 72

manufact urer
CHK
APP
CERT.
7
DESCRIPTION
8
NO.
REVISIONS
9 10 11
Optic Fiber Cables between Qassim power Plant & Qassim-4 380KV S/S (9032) for 380KV cables ( between splitter boxes in telecom rooms at both ends), including all steel/PVC pipes, hardware etc. Splicing/termination of OFC at splitter boxes in telecom rooms of both ends, including pig-tail connections. End to End testing & commissioning of OFC & telecom equipment Labels of circuits at 380kV GIS & Cable Entries point. Labels of Opticle Fibre Cable at requied places. Collection of Subsatation Layout from S/S Contractor/ Client and submission of 380 KV, DTS and Optic Fibre Cables arrangement (Plan & Section) inside the Substation for Company review & approval. Misc. Items , whether mentioned or not, required for the successful completion, Testing and Operation of all works.
X C C
X X X
X C C
APPROVED
12
BA
CERTIFIED
13
X C
X C
X C
3.09 STANDARDS, CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS All WORKS equipment and material covered by this document shall conform to the latest edition of the COMPANYS Material Standard Specifications supplemented with latest applicable industry Standards, Codes and Specifications. The latest edition of each Standard and Specification shall mean the latest edition specified hereunder. The CONTRACTOR shall strictly comply with the following Standards, Codes and Specifications, and no deviation shall be accepted unless otherwise accepted by a written waiver from COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR may propose "equivalent" Standards and Specifications if such standards and specifications are equal to or better than those specified herein, and shall be subject to prior approval of the COMPANY. For additional standards relating to communications system installation and supply of communications materials, refer to Appendix VI.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
46 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
NOTE: All Materials/Equipments, to be used for this Project, shall be of National Grid SA prequalified Manufacturers and from approved make and Type only
DESCRIPTION
A.
COMPANY Materials Standard Specifications 01-TMSS-01 (Rev. 01) 10-TMSS-01 (Rev. 01) General Requirements for All Equipment/Materials Conductors Bare. Bare, Copper-Clad Steel Grounding Conductor and Ground Rod XLPE insulated Power cable for rated voltage from 15 to 36kV Power cable, XLPE insulated, copper conductor, single core 110kV, 115kV, 132kV, 230kV or 380kV Power and/or Control Cable, Cu. or Al. Conductor, 600/1000V Rating Instrumentation Cables, Shielded Cables joints, termination and accessaries up to 36kV Splice and Termination Kits for Power Cables, Rated 69kV, 110kV, 115kV, 132kV, 230kV and 380kV Link Boxes for Grounding of U/G Power Cables PVC Conduits and Fittings for Underground cables Duct Sealing Unit Cable Clamps for Power Cables Metallic Cable Tray Systems Relay and Control Panels
NO.
REVISIONS
10-TMSS-05 (Rev. 01) 11-SDMS-03 (Rev. 01) 11-TMSS-02 Rev-01 11-TMSS-10 (Rev. 01)
APPROVED
BA
11-TMSS-11 (Rev. 0) 12-SDMS-01 (Rev.01)
CERTIFIED
12-TMSS-10 (Rev.0) 12-TMSS-11 (Rev. 0) 23-TMSS-01 (Rev. 0)

BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
23-TMSS-02 (Rev. 0) 23-TMSS-04 (Rev. 0) 24-TMSS-01 (Rev. 01) 31-TMSS-01 (Rev. 0)
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
47 OF 72
APP
CERT.
31-TMSS-02 (Rev. 0) 31-TMSS-06 (Rev. 0)
CHK
Auxiliary AC/DC Panels Terminal Blocks LV Circuit breakers Current Transformers, 11kV through 380kV Potential Transformers, 33kV through 380kV Normal Weight Ready-Mixed Portland Cement Concrete Centrifugal exhaust Fans Plastic Piping for Plumbing system Paints: Aluminium And Steel submersible sump pump Fire Protective Signaling Panels Portable Fire Extinguishers
DESCRIPTION
37-TMSS-03 (Rev. 0) 50-TMSS-01 (Rev. 0) 50-TMSS-03 (Rev. 0) 70-TMSS-03 (Rev. 01) 73-TMSS-05 (Rev.0) 75-TMSS-01 (Rev.0) 78-TMSS-06 (Rev. 0) 83-TMSS-01 (Rev.0)
CERTIFIED
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
BA
90-TMSS-01 (Rev. 0) 90-TMSS- 03 (Rev. 0) B.
COMPANY Engineering Standards TES-B-106.01 (Rev. 0) TES-B-106.05 (Rev. 0) TES-B-106.06 (Rev. 0) Fire Detection and Alarm Systems HFC-227 ea Clean Agent Extinguishing System FK 5-1-12 Fixed installation Total Flooding Clean-Agent Fire Extinguishing System
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
48 OF 72
APP
CERT.
TES-H-107.01 (Rev. 0) TES-H-107.02 (Rev. 0)
CHK
Painting Standards Paint Color Codes and Standards General Engineering Requirements for U/G Cables Cable Construction Cable sizing and selection Splice & Terminations Cable Installations, Engineering Requirements Bonding & Grounding of Insulated Metallic Sheath of Power Cable System Introduction to Substation Design Standards Basic Design Aspects Clearances Grounding Application Criteria for Electrical Equipment Substation building And Site Development
DESCRIPTION
TES-P-104.01 (Rev. 01) TES-P-104.02 (Rev. 01) TES-P-104.03 (Rev. 01) TES-P-104.04 (Rev. 01) TES-P-104.05 (Rev. 01) TES-P-104.08 (Rev. 1) TES-P-119.01 (Rev. 0) TES-P-119.02 (Rev. 0)
CERTIFIED
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
BA
TES-P-119.08 (Rev. 0) TES-P-119.10 (Rev. 0) TES-P-119.12 (Rev. 0)
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
TES-P-119.19 (Rev. 01) TES-P-119.20 (Rev. 0) TES-P-119.21 (Rev.0) TES-P-119.29 (Rev. 0)
DATE :____________________
LV Cable Raceways and Cable installation practices Fire & Loss Prevention Requirements LV Cable Selection and Sizing (600V & Below)
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
49 OF 72
APP
CERT.
TES-P-119.30 (Rev. 0) TES-P-119.33 (Rev. 0)
CHK
Auxiliary Power Systems (AC/DC) Substation Electrical Diagrams Application of System Grounding
DESCRIPTION
TES-P-119.34 (Rev. 0) C.
COMPANY Construction Standards HVAC Systems and Equipment Installation General Requirements for Underground Power Cables System Cable Reels Handling & Storage Trenches and Ducts Cable Installation, Field Handling Procedures Field Testing of Power Cables 110kV,115kV,132kV,230kV and 380kV Pre-Commissioning Tests/procedures for SEC transmission transmission installation Asphalt Concrete Paving Earthworks Cast-In-Place Concrete Precast Concrete works Material Handling Structure Staking Installation of Steel Structure Foundations
NO.
TCS-K-100.01 (Rev.0) TCS-P-104.01 (Rev.0) TCS-P-104.02 (Rev.0) TCS-P-104.03 (Rev.0) TCS-P-104.06 (Rev.0) `
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
BA
TCS-P-104.08 (Rev.0) TCS-P-105.00 (Rev. 01) TCS-Q-113.01 (Rev. 0) TCS-Q-113.02 (Rev. 01)
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
TCS-Q-113.03 (Rev. 01) TCS-Q-113.04 (Rev. 0) TCS-P-122-02 (Rev. 0) TCS-P-122.03 (Rev.0) TCS-P-122.05 (Rev. 0)
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
50 OF 72
CHK
APP
CERT.
TCS-P-122.06 (Rev. 0) TCS-T-111.02 (Rev.0)
Steel Structures Assembly and Erection Conduit Sealing For Underground Communication Cable
DESCRIPTION
D. COMPANY Standard Drawings SA-421111 TD-800007 (Rev. 0) TA-800063 (Rev. 0) TA-800106 (Rev. 0) TA-800012 (Rev.0) TA-800062 Rev.0 TA-800096 (Rev. 0)
CERTIFIED
Plumbing Miscellaneous Details Standard Sign Danger High Voltage Keep Away Highway Crossing for 69kV to 380kV Cables Fire Protection-Miscellaneous details Pre-cast Concrete panel Boundary Wall (Plan,Elevation and Details) Typical Duct Bank Sections Concrete Encased Duct Bank for 69 kV to 380kV Service Manholes type -1 (1.20mX1.5mX1.85m) Details and ReInforcement Service Manholes type -2 (1.50mX2.75mX2.00m) Details and ReInforcement Fire Protection Miscellaneous Details Removeable Crash barrier Location Plan and detail in substation PVC Conduit Installation Concrete Encased (Vital Communication) Anchor Bolt Details of Standard Anchor COMPANY Monogram for Equipment Mounting Standard Sign, Danger High Voltage, Bone & Skull
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
BA
TA-800097 (Rev. 0) TA-800106 (Rev. 0) TA-800133 (Rev. 0)
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
TB-800079 (Rev. 0) SC-036128 (Rev. 0) TE-800110 (Rev. 0) TD-800008 (Rev. 0)
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
51 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
3.10 SPECIFIC COMMUNICATION STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS For Communication Standard and Specification refer to Appendix-VI
DESCRIPTION
*** END OF SECTION III ***
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
BA
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
52 OF 72
CHK
APP
CERT.
SECTION IV - ENGINEERING DESIGN CRITERIA AND REQUIREMENTS

The CONTRACTOR shall adopt the following design criteria and requirements for the PROJECT as a minimum:
DESCRIPTION
4.01 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS All equipment devices furnished under this PROJECT shall be suitable for operation under the SITE conditions outlined in the COMPANY General Specification 01TMSS-01, Rev.01 General Requirements for All Equipment/Materials. Soil Thermal Resistivity
2 3 1
NO.
REVISIONS
The soil thermal resistivity is largely dependent on density and water content of the relevant type of soil. Therefore, the actual thermal resistivity of the soil along the whole power cable route shall be measured prior to the design and all test results shall be included in the base design package. Actual soil thermal resistivity values shall be used to calculate cable Ampacities. 4.02 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS A. General The 380kV underground design parameters shall be in accordance with the requirements outlined in COMPANY General Specification 01-TMSS-01, Rev.01, General Requirements for All Equipment/Materials. B. System Short Circuit Level
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
COMPANYS 380kV system is effectively grounded. The short circuit rating of the 380kV system of the source Substation and the new Substation shall be considered as follows: 1. The short circuit rating of the 380kV Switchgear is 63kA (1 second). The 380kV cable design shall be based on the 380kV system short circuits rating at 63 kA for 1sec.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
C.
System Phasing Arrangement The Cable Contractor shall coordinate with Substation and Power Plant Contractors for correct Phasing at both ends.
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
53 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
4.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS The following design requirements shall be considered by the CONTRACTOR.
DESCRIPTION
A. Calculation of Cable Ampacity 1. Cable Ampacity shall be supported by detailed calculations as per IEC 60287 1-1, 1-2 & 1-3 to assure the availability of the required cable Ampacity for actual cable installations and SITE conditions, particularly at worst points. Cable Ampacity calculations should be carried out based on actual soil thermal resistivity. Samples for soil thermal resistivity measurements shall be taken at every 500m along the cable route. The location of these samples along the route shall be subject to COMPANY review and approval. The soil thermal resistivity shall be determined for 2% moisture on the samples and the highest value shall be used in the calculations. In all cases, whenever the measured values of soil thermal resistivity are less than 1.20 k.m/W, the value of 1.20 k.m/W shall be used in the cable ampacity calculations. And whenever the measured values of soil thermal resistivity are more than 1.20 k.m/W, then actual (higher values) shall be used in the cable ampacity calculations. The backfill material of lower values of soil thermal resistivity shall be used to achieve the required Ampacity. Loading factor for the cables shall be assumed 100%. The CONTRACTOR shall confirm that each of the energized circuits shall be capable to carry 130% of Normal current capacity of cable as a minimum under all operating conditions, with the other circuit out of service. Cable Ampacity shall be based on a 380kV Cable size of 1000 mm. The vicinity of all the three substations has many Power Cables of different voltage levels, which are potential heat sources and this has to be considered in the models for Ampacity calculations. Similarly, the proposed route may encounter these cables, which have to be taken into account in the calculations. The Cable design shall optimize on the depth of burial of the Cable. Cable depths greater than 2000mm may be avoided to have better Ampacity. The CONTRACTOR shall provide enough number of actual cable layout cross-sections along the cable route with Ampacity calculations for each case. The cross sections shall be for expected worst conditions in terms of cable spacing, depth, directional drilling etc. Also, the CONTRACTOR shall specify the minimum rating of 380kV Cables applicable to any configuration of installation such as existing cables, duct banks, directional drilling etc. The CONTRACTOR shall confirm that the bending radius of power cables will not be less than the recommended values given by the manufacturer along the whole route. The CONTRACTOR shall clarify all parameters/assumptions for which the calculations are based.
2.
NO. 2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
3.
BA
4.
CERTIFIED
5.
6.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
BY
7.
DATE :____________________
8.
9.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
54 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
10.
DESCRIPTION
11.
Number of joints to be kept to minimum for reliability purpose. As far as possible, the Sheath Induced Voltage of 200V under normal operating conditions and 10000V under fault operating conditions shall be used to calculate the minor section cable length. The detailed calculation to be submitted with the offer. Computer Software used for Current Rating & Sheath Induced Voltage Calculations shall be provided along with its two (2) Dongle Keys at the time of submission of Current Rating & Sheath Induced Voltage Calculations as mentioned above at Item # 2.g of Notes to above Table of Clause # 3.04.
B.
NO. 2 3 1
Sheath Sizing Calculations The cable metallic sheath shall be sized in accordance with ICEA P-45-482. The size of cable metallic sheath shall be based on short circuit current of 63kA for 1 second.
REVISIONS
C.
Arrangement/Grouping of Cables in the Ground 1. Cables grouped in a common cable trench or installed with insufficient spacing from one to another, result in mutual heating. Thus, load capacity of cables is subsequently reduced. Therefore, spacing recommended by COMPANY Standards shall be maintained. If the right-of-way limits the cable spacing and calculated cable Ampacity is reduced, necessary mitigation techniques like Soil with lower Thermal resistivity or Bentonite filling in Ducts shall be provided to achieve the required Ampacity. 2. The cables shall not be placed in a close proximity to external heat sources to the extent practical. The typical Cable Laying cross-section details shall be as per COMPANY Standard Drawing No: TA-800062 and TA-800063.
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
3.
D. Metallic Sheath Grounding The grounding system of the power cable shall be designed to limit the induced voltage on the cable sheath at safe level and to eliminate the sheath losses.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
For metallic sheath grounding, TES-P-104.08, Rev.01 shall be applied considering the following: 1. The cables shall be laid in Flat formation using cross-bonding scheme and CONTRACTOR shall submit his design / detailed calculations to comply with all requirements per Electra (28) & Electra (47) CIGRE study for COMPANY review / approval. The power frequency sheath voltage induced under through fault conditions (3-phase, phase to phase and single phase to ground faults) shall be calculated by the applicable methods and formulas as recommended in Electra (28) & Electra (47) CIGRE study for cross bonding systems.
DATE :____________________
2.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
55 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
3. 4.
Cable sheath voltage limiters shall be installed at location as recommended in Electra (28) & Electra (47) CIGRE study. The sheath induced voltage shall not exceed 200 Volts, when cable is carrying the specified full load current. The cable sheath induced voltage under fault conditions shall not exceed 10kVrms to ground. The induced shield voltage should be calculated at the worst case and assuming a short circuit current of 63kA for 1 second. The CONTRACTOR shall sectionalize the total cable length in such a way to satisfy above criteria & clarify all parameters/assumptions for which the calculations are based.
DESCRIPTION
5. 6. 7.
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
*** END OF SECTION IV ***

APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
56 OF 72
CHK
APP
CERT.
SECTION V - EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS

5.01 GENERAL
DESCRIPTION
This section provides the technical specifications of the following major equipment/ materials: 1. 380kV Power Cable 2. 380kV Cable Terminations and Splice Kits 3. Bonding Cable(1.8/3.0kV) and grounding rods for link Boxes 4. Bonding leads and Sheath insulators 5. Link Boxes 6. Sheath Voltage Limiter 7. Cable Protective Tiles 8. Cable Warning Tapes
APPROVED
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
9. Steel Wire Mesh 10. Warning Post 11. PVC Conduits and Fittings and HDPE sub ducts The technical specifications of equipment/materials are provided hereunder.
BA
5.02 380kV POWER CABLES The 380kV power cable shall conform to 380kV Cable SEC Standard 11-TMSS-02, Rev.01 and the associated Data Schedule and the latest Industry Standards. In addition, the 380kV cable manufacturers shall fully comply with the following production quality requirements as per AEIC CS7,AEIC C S9 & ICEA S-108-720. 1. XLPE Insulation Per Section B.1 of AEIC CS7 and IEC 62067 2. Semi-conducting Shielding, Voids and Protrusions Per Section C.3 of AEIC CS7 and IEC 62067 3. Production Sampling Test and Frequency Per Section D and F.3 respectively of AEIC CS7 and IEC 62067 4. Rejection Criteria for Cable Reel during the Production Sampling Tests Per Section F.3.4 of AEIC CS7 and IEC 60287 Ratings and specific requirements of the cable are given in Data Schedule of 11-TMSS-02, Rev.01.
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
57 OF 72
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY 5.03 380kV CABLE TERMINATIONS AND SPLICE KITS
CHK
APP
CERT.
The 380kV cable terminations and splice kits to be used for the 380kV Power Cable mentioned above, shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the applicable requirements of COMPANY Materials Standard Specification 12TMSS-10, Rev.0 and associated Data Schedule. For the XLPE to GIS terminations, the CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the GIS Manufacturer/ CONTRACTOR. The GIS Termination shall conform to 12-TMSS-10, Rev.0. 1. General Requirements a. For cable splicing and terminating, it is mandatory that the CONTRACTOR install the splices and terminations in strict accordance with the cable manufacturers instructions. The types of splices may be straight through, insulated or a combination of both depending upon the Schematic Diagram. Splicing and terminations shall be in accordance with COMPANYS Standards TESP-104.04 Rev.01. All Termination and Splice Kits will be of pre-molded type, Type tested at Independent Laboratory. Each cable termination/joint must be installed by a qualified and certified jointer. Quality certificate (check sheet) for each single cable termination/joint must be filled and signed by the jointer. The contractor must ensure in writing to Project Department that the Cable Accessories stored are as per the manufacturer recommendation.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
2
THM
REVISIONS
b.
APPROVED
c. d.
BA
e. f. 2.
CERTIFIED
Certification of Splicing Personnel To ensure that the 380kV cable splices and terminations are installed in a professional and workmanship manner, all cable splicing and terminating personnel shall obtain a certification from the COMPANY before they can commence the WORK. At the approval of COMPANY, this certification may include previous cable manufacturers training, or certification at COMPANY splicing and terminating school. The COMPANY shall be the sole judge of certification.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
3.
Cable Tagging All cables shall be clearly identified with durable non-corroding markers securely fastened at each splice and at each termination point. Appropriate information shall include the phase and source/destination addresses, feeder number and voltage level.
5.04 GROUNDING CABLE FOR LINK BOX & GROUNDING ROD FOR LINK BOX
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
58 OF 72
APP
CERT.
The grounding cable for link Box and grounding rods for link box shall be as per TES-P-104.08, Rev.01. 5.05 BONDING LEADS & SHEATH SECTIONALIZING INSULATORS
DESCRIPTION
CHK
The bonding leads shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the requirements of COMPANY Materials Standard Specification 12-TMSS-11, Rev.0 and COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-104.08, and Rev.01. The size of the Sheath bonding cable shall be 500mm (min). 5.06 LINK BOXES The link Boxes shall be designed manufactured and tested in accordance with the COMPANY Materials Standard Specification12-TMSS-11, Rev.0. The materials for Link Boxes in underground pits shall be non-corrodible, non-ferrous materials. Brass or fiberglass is acceptable while stainless steel is not acceptable. Materials of links and connections shall be tinned copper. Link Boxes in underground pits shall be at an acceptable place to be maintained easily. In streets, acceptable places for link box pits are either footpath or road island. 5.07 SHEATH VOLTAGE LIMITER A. Sheath voltage limiter (SVL) shall be provided to limit the transient over voltage on cable sheaths. Sheath Voltage Limiter shall be provided and tested as per COMPANY Materials Standard Specification 12-TMSS-11, Rev.0.
BA
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
B. The limiter shall be suitable for continuous operation with applied voltage equal to the sheath standing voltage under either normal or emergency load. It will have temporary over voltage capability to withstand the induced voltage on sheath under Single line to ground fault/ short circuit conditions. C. The ratings of the sheath voltage limiter shall be verified by the required calculations as per TES-P-104.08, Rev.01 and shall be subjected to COMPANY review and approval. 5.08 CABLE WARNING TAPES The cable warning tape shall be as per TCS-P-104.03.
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
5.09 WARNING POSTS

DATE :____________________
The warning posts shall conform to the COMPANY standards TD-800007, TD800008 and TES-P-104.05 Rev.01. Marker posts for buried communication cables shall be in accordance with COMPANY Standard Drawing SB-036365.
5.10. PVC CONDUITS & FITTINGS, AND HDPE SUB DUCTS

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
59 OF 72
APP
CERT.
A. PVC conduits and fittings shall be provided in all underground concrete duct banks. The PVC conduits and fittings shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the COMPANYS Materials Standard Specification 23-TMSS-01, Rev.0. B. Sub ducts on hand holes and inside the building shall be corrugated, flexible and fire retardant (2 Hours UL rating) with 25mm outside diameter. Sub duct installation shall be in accordance with TCS-T-111.08. C. Sub ducts on the underground duct banks and direct buried conduits in trenches shall be rigid with 32mm outside diameter and made from HDPE piping compound, its inner wall shall be smooth and black in color. It shall comply with specification DIN 8074, DIN 8075 and STC specification MAT 2301 and pulling length shall not exceed 450 meters. D. For direct buried cable trenches, PVC conduits shall be of class-4 type. Nylon pull ropes inches in diameter (of different colors) shall be provided and installed in all vacant/spare ducts and sub ducts. E.
APPROVED
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK
2
THM
REVISIONS
The duct sealing units for conduit fittings shall be in accordance with COMPANYS Materials Standard Specification 23-TMSS-02, Rev.0. Unless otherwise indicated, the size of the PVC Conduits for fiber optic cables and 380kV cables shall be 100 mm inner diameter and 150 mm inner diameter respectively.
F.
BA
5.11. INDUSTRIAL SECURITY AND FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Fire Detection and Alarm System
CERTIFIED
1.
Fire Protective Signaling Panel (FPSP) Fire protective signaling panel shall be in accordance with the requirements of 90-TMSS-01.
2.
BY
Automatic Fire Detectors Automatic fire detectors shall be in accordance with the requirements of TESB-106.01 and TES-P-119.21.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
Manual Alarm Stations Manual alarm stations shall be in accordance with the requirements of TES-B106.01 and TES-P-119.21.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
60 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
4.
Audible and Visual Alarm Devices Audible and visual alarm devices shall be in accordance with the requirements of TES-B-106.01 and TES-P-119.21.
DESCRIPTION
5.
Fire Alarm Repeater Panel (FARP) Fire alarm repeater panel shall be per 90-TMSS-01 and shall be integrated with SAS.
6.
NO. 2 3 1
Data Printer Data printer shall be in accordance with the requirements of TES-P-119.21.
REVISIONS
7.
CONTRACTOR shall provide a programming kit (laptop accessories) and other related items, along with two (2) sets of programming manuals, programming software, alarm system download programming for computerized/addressable fire alarm system. Fire Alarm system shall be integrated with SAS. B Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System shall comply with the requirements outlined in TES-B-106.05 or TES-B-106.06. It shall also comply with NFPA 2001 (2012 Edition). NOTE: Reserve clean agent cylinders shall be connected to the system manifold and filled with the same quantity as the main cylinders.
APPROVED
8.
BA
CERTIFIED
C.
Fire Extinguishers Fire extinguishers shall be provided in accordance with the requirements outlined in 90-TMSS-03, TES-P-119.21 and hereunder: Cable Tunnels - 12 kgs. dry chemical, class ABC, cartridge operated, UL listed.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
5.12 VENTILATION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A.Ventilation Equipment and Materials 1. Cable Tunnels Ventilation / Exhaust Fans Centrifugal fans complying with SEC Material Standard 73TMSS-05. Ventilation for tunnels shall include exhaust and supply air fans complete with back draft dampers, fresh air aluminum filters, fresh air intake louvers and control devices for each tunnel partition. The supply air fans shall be filtered & louvered on all sides.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
61 OF 72
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY B.Execution and Installation 2. General
CHK
APP
CERT.
DESCRIPTION
a. Install the system and equipment in accordance with TCS-K-100,TES-P-119.19 and manufacturers instructions. b. Provide access around equipment for service not less than the manufacturers minimum requirement and/or TCS-K-100.01. 5.13 PLUMBING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Plumbing system shall be in accordance with SEC Standard TES-P119.19 requirements, except for other items as specified below: A.Plumbing Piping Piping shall conform to the requirements of SEC Standard 75TMSS-01. B. Plumbing Equipment
APPROVED
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
Sump Pump The pump shall conform to the requirements of a dewatering pump on SEC Standard 83-TMSS-01. Discharge rate and discharge pipe diameter shall be 4 liters per second (63.41gpm) and 50 mm respectively. The pump motor shall operate on a 230V, 60 Hz, single phase power supply with 3450 rpm rotational speed. The pump shall be provided with control panel (auto/manual operation) complete with level switch and other pump motor protection. The control panel shall be mounted on the wall near the pump not less than 1.0 meter high from the finished floor level. *** END OF SECTION V ***
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
62 OF 72
CHK
APP
CERT.
SECTION VI - INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES

6.01 GENERAL
DESCRIPTION
A. The subsequent sections will present the requirements and practices, which shall be the basis for the installation of 380kV underground cables and Fiber Optic cables for the system of SEC. B. The installation practices that will be presented are consistent with the current industry standards with special consideration being given to the working environment found in Saudi Arabia. C. The CONTRACTOR must strictly adhere to the requirements of COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-104.and TES-T-111, Construction Standard TCS-P104 and TCS-T-111 as applicable, attached Conceptual Design Drawings, and the Practices and Procedures mentioned in the subsequent sections. 6.02 REEL STORAGE A. 380kV XLPE cables shall be provided in steel cable reels; wooden cable reels are not accepted. The Fiber Optic generally has wood cable reels with wooden lagging. Proper storage and handling should commence from its arrival to the storage area until its installation. B. Precautions must be taken to safeguard cable reels from any external mechanical operating equipment or access to unauthorized persons. C. Care on reel deterioration should be taken if cables are to be stored for extended period. Wooden reels shall be stored on concrete base or on raised wooden stringers placed under the reel flanges.
CERTIFIED 2
THM
NO.
REVISIONS
APPROVED
BA
D. Cable reels shall be stored in an upright position only. Laying cable reels on their flat sides are not allowed. E. Refer to COMPANYS TCS-P-104.02 for specific requirements of reel storage SITE. 6.03
BY
REEL HANDLING
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
A. The handling of cable reels upon receipt, storage and transport to the WORK SITE, shall be properly performed that will ensure no damage to the cables or reels. B. Prior to moving or loading the cable reels, thorough knowledge and selection of equipment capabilities and proper tools for handling are essential. C. To prevent reel drum damage when lifting with a crane, a steel shaft of proper strength, length and diameter are required in the cable reel drum spindle and a spreader bar shall be used with a lifting wire rope sling or chain.
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
63 OF 72
APP
CERT.
D. When transporting cable reels on flat cars or cable trolleys, the cable reels must be properly choked and chained down. The cable reels are to be secured in the transporter through two (2) chains in the reel spindle hole. E. Other specific requirements as mentioned in the COMPANYS TCS-P-104.02 shall be strictly followed in material handling.
DESCRIPTION
CHK
6.04 POWER CABLE INSTALLATION A. Cable Pulling Tension and Sidewall Pressure Calculations The CONTRACTOR shall submit pulling procedure/calculations, in the base design phase, giving anticipated pulling tensions and sidewall pressure calculations for 380kV power cable. The calculations should take into consideration pulling from whichever direction that minimize the pulling tensions and sidewall pressures. COMPANY Standards TES-P-104.05, Rev.01, shall be followed for pulling tensions calculations while the techniques and procedures for the installation shall be in accordance with TCS-P-104.06, Rev.0. B. Preparation of Trenches
APPROVED
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
1.
The trench bottom and walls shall be carefully inspected; all rocks and other rough materials shall be removed. The Trench shall be prepared as per TCSP-104-03. The trench depth shall be increased in areas where underground utilities cross perpendicularly and are located near the trench bottom, so that the cables when laid shall pass underneath the utility with at least 1000 mm clearance. The transition of the cable under the utility shall be carried out gradually. A split conduit shall be provided on the cable, which shall cross the utilities and will overlap utilities by 1000 mm both sides on crossing. Where trenching is taking place in existing roads, shoring is required. Steel plates shall be provided. Shoring shall extend from the trench bottom to a point above grade level. The shoring shall be adequately braced so that it remains rigidly in place. A 150mm layer of fine, granular, uncontaminated bedding of sand shall be evenly distributed in the trench. This sand shall exhibit a maximum thermal soil resistivity of 1.2 K.m/W. It shall be the CONTRACTORS responsibility to test the soil thermal resistivity and verify, to the satisfaction of COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE, that the required value has been met. Method of soil treatment proposed by the CONTRACTOR to achieve the above said value shall be submitted to COMPANY for review and approval. Cable rollers shall be placed in the trench at a maximum of 3m apart and carefully aligned so that the cable during pulling rests in the center of the roller. The rollers shall be carefully maintained and lubricated to ensure that roller friction is minimized. Defective and/or binding rollers shall not be used. Whenever angles and/or bends in the route are encountered, care shall be taken to ensure that the rollers are properly positioned so that the allowable bending radius of the cable is not exceeded. The rollers shall be adequately
2.
BA
CERTIFIED
3.
4.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
BY
DATE :____________________
5.
6.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
64 OF 72
APP
CERT.
DESCRIPTION
7.
braced against tensions and side pressure that will be encountered during the cable pull. The transition through the angle and/or bend shall be uniformed to conform to the arc of a circle. Radii at the angles shall be as large as practical to minimize pulling tensions and sidewall pressures. The arc radii shall match those used in tension and sidewall pressure calculations. Special measure shall be taken to avoid the de-rating of cable at the point of entrance in the substation by avoiding the following: a. The cables should not be laid deeper than the normal depth. b. The cables should not be close / congested together to form a neck.
CHK
C. Running Out of Cables

NO. 2 3 1
REVISIONS
1.
Before running out of cables, the capped ends shall be examined by the cable manufacturers engineer for water tightness. The factory installed pulling eye shall be inspected for correct installation. The cable drum can be positioned directly on the flat-bed trailer as long as obstacles in the trench do not prohibit such an action. The cable drum must be equipped with a braking mechanism and aligned at the proper position for cable pulling. A pulling eye hook affixed to the cable pulling eye shall be connected to the wire rope through a properly sized swivel and shackle. After the facilities and the equipment are properly set, portable telephone shall be located on the drum side, leading end of the cable and the winch side. They are utilized to control pulling speed and other communications. Cable pulling shall be started gradually. A watchman, who walks along the cable as it is being pulled, shall observe the leading end of the cable. The rotating speed of the drum shall correspond to the pulling speed. If necessary, the drum rotating speed shall be controlled with a simple wooden brake. The pulling speed must be kept stable. Watchmen are to be maintained at each duct entrance / exit along the route so that when the cable leading end arrives, it can be directed into the duct without dragging the duct walls. The cable shall be pulled continuously from the upper side of the drum in the direction indicated on the cable drum. The COMPANY shall inspect and approve any pulling eye, which is installed in the field. During the cable pull, the tension reading from the tension meter shall be recorded at several intervals. A special tabulation sheet for this record shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. The tension values at each record interval shall be witnessed by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. The CONTRACTOR and the cable manufacturer will affix their signatures to the record sheet at the termination of the cable pull. A copy of the recorded sheet will be submitted to the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE on the same day.
2.
APPROVED
3. 4.
BA
5.
CERTIFIED
6.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
7. 8. 9.
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
65 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
10.
DESCRIPTION
11.
Near joints, cable ducts, cable bending and at all other points where cables are brought above ground and into buildings, at least 150 mm of cable slack per cable shall be left on each side to allow for ground settlement and for future repairs. As a rule, the cable shall be laid slack in the trenches. At splicing points, cables shall overlap to guarantee proper mounting of the joint. After laying, the cable shall be aligned in flat formation and care shall be taken to ensure that the required spacing is maintained between power cable circuits in a common trench. Plastic ducts shall be placed around the cables for protection at points where the cables cross in close proximity to other underground utilities & duct banks. The sheath of power cables must be connected to the Substation grounding system at both ends. All jointing and terminating materials shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. After the cables have been laid in the trench, all duct openings along the proposed route, at the new Substation and source substation entry points, and new manholes shall be sealed off against ingress of moisture, sand and insects by use of COMPANY Standard duct sealing units in accordance with 23-TMSS-02, Rev.0.
12. 13.
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
14.
APPROVED
D. Cable Splicing and Terminations 1.

BA
General Requirements a. For cable splicing and terminating, it is mandatory that the CONTRACTOR install the splices and terminations in strict accordance with the cable manufacturers instructions. The types of splices may be straight through, isolating, or a combination of both. Depending upon the particular circuit design, these splices can be ungrounded, grounded or cross grounded. Splicing and terminations shall be in accordance with COMPANYS Standards TES-P-104.04 Rev.01.
CERTIFIED
b.
2.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
Certification of Splicing Personnel To ensure that the 380kV cable splices and terminations are installed in a professional and workmanship manner, all cable splicing and terminating personnel shall obtain a certification from the COMPANY before they can commence the WORK. At the approval of COMPANY, this certification may include previous cable manufacturers training, or certification at COMPANY splicing and terminating school. The COMPANY shall be the sole judge of certification.
BY
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
66 OF 72
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY 3. Cable Tagging
CHK
APP
CERT.
All cables shall be clearly identified with durable non-corroding markers securely fastened at each splice and at each termination point. Appropriate information shall include the phase and source/destination addresses, feeder number and voltage level. E. Link Box Pits Concrete pits of suitable dimensions to take the link boxes and their associated bonding and earthing connections shall be installed close to the cable box joint. The pits shall be sealed to prevent ingress of water. The Contractor proposal to prevent ingress of water shall be clearly indicated in the designs submitted. Any sealing method proposed should take account of the Company's requirement to open the pit for maintenance testing purposes and also the life of the seal proposed. The position and design of link box pits and covers shall be to the approval of SEC. F. Installation of Link Boxes 1.
BA
NO.
DESCRIPTION
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
All electrical connections outside each link Box shall be cad-welded and properly insulated to preclude corrosion. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the detailed grounding arrangement at each link Box location. The location of grounding rods shall be such that the top connections are accessible for testing and inspection at inspection pit. Resistance of the ground rods shall not be more than 2 Ohm. Other grounding requirements as per COMPANY Standard TES-P-104.08, Rev.01 shall be followed. All bonding leads from buried 380kV cable joint up to the link Box should be through a low surge impedance coaxial cable, 10kV rating PVC insulated single conductor cable and capable of carrying the system short circuit currents (refer to section 5.04).
2.
CERTIFIED
3.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
6.05 380kV CABLE ENTRY INTO SUBSTATION AND CONNECTION INTO GIS A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide properly secured cable clamps from the cable entry ducts in the cellar wall to the sealing end bay positions. The clamps shall be installed every 700mm along the cable route in the cable entry room. The installed clamps shall have sufficient mechanical strength to withstand torques in the cables due to faults, surges. The COMPANY shall approve the clamps prior to installation. All metallic cable supports and accessories (i.e., clamps, sealing) shall be connected (grounded) to the Substation ground grid. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the necessary fireproofing of the cable inside Substations cable entry room/basement at new substation in accordance with COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-104.05 Rev.01.
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
67 OF 72
APP
CERT.
C. The 380kV cable circuits shall be tagged immediately on entering the cable cellar with the name of route, length of the route, size of the conductor, voltage level and type of insulation. D. The CONTRACTOR shall undergo a joint inspection with COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE to select the most suitable cable entry points and the best cable route inside substation basements/cable entry room. Upon completion of the inspection, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a scaled drawing incorporating all the details for COMPANY approval. E. F. The CONTRACTOR shall provide adequate cable loops not less than five (5) meters in the basement/cable entry room for any future termination work. The CONTRACTOR shall make sure that the cable clamping arrangements on steel supports do not produce circulating current/heat in the steel supports.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK
REVISIONS
6.06 OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Responsibility During Installation The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all materials and component parts during installation. Failure of any cable and/or component during installation or testing shall cause the faulty cable and/or component to be unacceptable until all test results are reviewed and corrective action taken. To minimize failures at final testing, the CONTRACTOR should physically check and test the cable in segments during installation preferably before backfilling the cable trench.
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
*** END OF SECTION VI ***
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
68 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
SECTION VII COMMISSIONING TESTS 7.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DESCRIPTION
A. Testing of high voltage cable system shall be carried out to ensure that the necessary design and operation specifications are achieved prior to placing the cable system into service. B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to carry out all tests in a safe manner and with a predetermined safe working procedure submitted to COMPANY. C. The mechanical check and visual inspection as required in COMPANYS Standard TCS-P-105.00 Rev.01 shall be carried out prior to any electrical test. D. In addition to the tests required in this standard, all tests required by the cable manufacturer shall be performed. In the event of a conflict between the testing requirements of this standard and those of the cable manufacturer, the COMPANY shall be the sole judge as to which tests shall take precedence. E. All instruments/equipments that belong to CONTRACTOR must have valid calibration certificate and it shall be available at SITE for COMPANY REPRESENTATIVEs inspection.
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
7.02 ELECTRICAL TESTS FOR NEW 380kV XLPE CABLES

BA
CERTIFIED
After completing cable installation, the following tests/ measurements shall be conducted on the new power cables (laid from the source Substation to the new Substation). These tests/measurements shall be conducted in the presence of COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE who will sign the recording document upon completion of the tests/measurements. All testing and measuring instruments and equipment shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. A. Cable Jacket Test A sheath test shall be performed on the cable jacket after placement and compaction of the permanent trench backfill. After applying 100 to 150mm of backfill material cover over the cables, a 10kV DC potential shall be applied for 1 minute between the metallic shield and the earth electrode. No electrical breakdown shall occur.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
Prior to 10kV DC jacket test, it is necessary to carry out shield insulation resistance test. This shall be measured by 5000V Mega-Ohm Meter. Each sheath section has to be tested. If the insulation reading is found abnormally low, further physical inspection on sheath connections and the accessories is required and is to repaired after fault location. Upon successful completion of sheath insulation test, 10kV DC test for one minute shall be performed on each cable section between link boxes. Maximum allowable leakage current shall be as per TCS-P-104.08.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
69 OF 72
APP
CERT.
CHK
B. Conductor Continuity and Phasing Tests C. Metallic Shield Continuity Test
DESCRIPTION
D. Cable Insulation Test before and after HV AC Test by Mega Ohm Meter E. Cable Profile Radar Test F. High Voltage AC Test
REVISIONS
G. At Link Boxes following tests are to be carried out. 1: Grounding Resistance Measurement. 2: SVL Insulation Resistance Test. 3: Cross Bonding Verification Test. 4: Contact Resistance Measurement. 5: Insulation Resistance Test. H. Cable Impedance Measurement I. J. Partial Discharge Measurements Test at all joints and sealing ends Conductor Resistance and Shield Resistance Test Using a sensitive measuring instrument, conductor DC resistance and shield DC resistance shall be measured. Accuracy required up to three (3) decimals. For comparison with theoretical figure, the obtained readings shall be corrected to 20oC. K. All above tests shall be as detailed in the COMPANY Construction Standard TCSP-104.08 and TCS-P-105.00 Rev.01.
NO.
APPROVED
CERTIFIED
BA
L.
U/G Portion (calculated Impedances & measured Impedances) Positive sequence impedance and zero sequence impedance The CONTRACTOR shall provide cable data (i.e., size, type, configuration, length, Method of grounding, etc ;) along with the Impedances (calculated and measured values) for COMPANY review and approval during construction stage of the PROJECT.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
Also, the CONTRACTOR shall provide cable data and impedances to the SUBSTATION CONTRACTOR for protection setting/ coordination purpose during construction stage of the PROJECT. 7.03 ELECTRICAL TESTING OF LINK BOX The link Box shall be tested prior to installation by test voltage as specified in of 12TMSS-11(Rev.0). After installation, the link Box shall be tested in accordance to TCS-P-105.00 Rev.01. The ground resistance shall be measured at all link Box positions.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
70 OF 72
APP
CERT.
7.04 Field Tests on 380kV cables: Field testing of the whole cable system shall be in accordance to applicable SEC Engineering Standard and IEC 60627.
DESCRIPTION
CHK
Following sequence of testing work procedure shall be adopted: 1. Preparation of Site Commissioning Test and Inspection The CONTRACTOR shall complete all mechanical works, pre-electrical Tests and pre-final documentation consisting of marked-up construction drawings, preCommissioning Test results system and equipment manuals before inviting COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE for commissioning tests and inspection. 2. Scheduling Commissioning Tests and Inspection All Testing and Commissioning activities shall be coordinated with and witnessed by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. CONTRACTORS invitation to the COMPANY to witness the Commissioning Tests and Inspection shall be made fourteen (14) days in advance accompanied by: - Marked-up Construction Drawings - Pre-Commissioning Test Results - System / Equipment Manuals 3. Test and Inspection Checklist The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the COMPANY, 380kV Power Cable Checklist of Acceptance Tests and Inspection covering documentation, mechanical inventory and tests requirements for PROJECT acceptance. (380kV Cable Acceptance Test and Inspection Checklist shall be used) 4. Correction of Discrepancies A re-inspection and re-test, to be witnessed by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE is required to clear the CONTRACTOR of any outstanding discrepancy found during commissioning test and inspection. A re-test and reinspection of related parameters shall also be conducted to ensure that these are not affected by the aforementioned discrepancies.
NO.
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
BA
5. Acceptance Test and Inspection related Activities The stages of acceptance test and inspection shall be performed: a. Scheduling of test and inspection by the CONTRACTOR, the date to be agreed upon by both COMPANY and CONTRACTOR, and submission by the CONTRACTOR and approval by the COMPANY of documents mentioned above. Validation of Marked-up Construction Drawings (done throughout the test and inspection process). Inventory and Mechanical Inspection of installed equipment. Verification of validity of test equipment to be used in the tests.
DATE :____________________
b. c. d.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
71 OF 72
CHK
APP
CERT.
e.
DESCRIPTION
f. g. h.
Performance and/or functional tests after are done and all service affecting discrepancies corrected. Unavailability of documents essential for safe energization, operation and troubleshooting of the installed equipment are considered Service Affecting Discrepancies. Signing of TCC (Technical Completion Certificate) after all stated stages are completed and accepted. Trial period of one month after clearing all outstanding discrepancies and acceptance of the final test results. Signing of PAC (Performance Acceptance Certificate) after successful completion of the trial period.
NO.
*** END
OF SECTION VII & SOW/TS ***
2
THM
REVISIONS
APPROVED
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
BA
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
C 640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PTS 12CC348
72 OF 72
APPENDICES
APPENDIX- I APPENDIX- II APPENDIX- III APPENDIX- IV APPENDIX- V APPENDIX- VI APPENDIX- VII APPENDIX-VIII APPENDIX- IX APPENDIX- X APPENDIX- XII APPENDIX-XIII
LIST OF ATTACHED CONCEPTUAL DESIGN AND REFERENCE DRAWINGS MATERIAL DATA SCHEDULES TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS FORMS BID STANDARD FORMAT OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (BY oTHER cONTRACTOR) CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS N/A N/A N/A SPECIAL TOOLS & EQUIPMENT (to be provided by Contractor)
APPENDIX- XVI
GEOTECHNICAL AND CONCRETE INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING (APPLICABLE IF REQUIRED) COMPANY FORM NO.16511 (2/10)
EXHIBIT- 1
APPENDIX - I LIST OF ATTACHED CONCEPTUAL AND REFERENCE DRAWINGS
APPENDIXI LISTOFATTACHEDCONCEPTUALANDREFERENCEDRAWINGS Page1of1 A. ConceptualDrawings
Theconceptualdrawingspreparedforthisprojectarelistedinthe DrawingcontrolsheetCT906044giveninthefollowingpageandare includedasattachmenttothisScopeofWORKandTechnicalSpecifications:

Saudi Electricity Company
DRAWING CONTROL SHEET
SEC
PROJECT TITLE PROJECT MANAGER / ENGINEER CONTRACT NO. JOB ORDER NO. DRAFTING OFFICE
Constructionof 380KV Cable Line fromGT art Qassim PowerPLant To GIS at Qassim-4(9032)380KV Substation
RIYADH
DRAWING NO. SHEET NO. INITIAL REV. NO.
FURTHER REV. NO. DATE
SAUDI ARABIA
DRAWING TITLE REMARKS
INDEX - A
PTS-12CC348 CT-906044 1 1 TO OF 72 1 DRAWING CONTROL SHEET
INDEX - P
CT-906045 CT-906046 1 1 OF TO 1 2 CABLE ROUTE DRAWING SLD OF QASSIM-4 (9032) BSP
AS BUILT BY
PROJECT COMPLETION DATE
PLANT NO.
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
SHEET NO.
REV. NO.
C-640
CT-906044
01
OF
01
01
THIS DRAWING AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ARE THE SOLE PROPERTY OF SAUDI ELECTRICITY CO. NO REPRODUCTION IN FULL OR IN PART SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THIS DOCUMENT WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF ITS OWNER.
00
REV. NO.
POWER PLANT PROJECT OFFICE.
APPROXIMATE ROUTE LENGHT
2.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE ROUTE & INFORM SEC ABOUT ANY OBSTACLE (UTILITIES) ON THE ROUTE & MODIFY THE ROUTE ACCORDINGLY.
1.STEAM TURBINE #1 TO S/S 9032= 600M 2.STEAM TURBINE #2 TO S/S 9032= 330M 3.STEAM TURBINE #3 TO S/S 9032= 1000M
3.ACTUAL LENGTH OF THE ROUTE WILL BE AS PER ROUTE PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED BY SEC.
3 E# N I B R U MT A E T S
R E M R O F S N A R PT PU E T S
LEGEND
2.5M X 2.5M TUNNEL
E R U T U RF O EF C A P S E L C Y DC E N I B M O C
E R U T U RF O EF C A P S E L C Y DC E N I B M O C
I I I P P C Q
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
DRAWING TITLE DRAWING CONTROL NUMBER SCOPE_OF_WORK_&_TECHNICAL_SPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NO. CT-906044 PTS. 12CC348
7.83
REV. NO.
R EW A LL FI
DATE
BY
DESCRIPTION
CHKD.
CERT.
APPD.
E T A G
D A O TR L A H P S A
E T A G E S U O H T E L I O T
G N I K R A R P A R C O EF C A P S
D D A A O O R R T T L L A A H H P P S S A A
D A D O A R O T R L A T L H A P H S P A S A
V k 0 8 E 3 D I M W 5 L E N N U E T L B A C
A S P H A L TR O A D
U C A P
. G D L SB I VG k 2 3 1
PLATFORM
S I VG k 0 8 3
2 3 0 S9 / S
DRAWN BY
RCI
CHECKED BY
BA
SCALE:
NTS
DATE STARTED
EHV-E&DD
A S P H
DATE COMPLETED
E&DD/ESD
OPRG. DEPT.
ENG. DEPT.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIAL UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
CERTIFIED
BY
BA
DATE
03-12-2012
CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUB-STATION
QASSIM
JOB ORDER NO. INDEX PLANT NO.
SAUDI ARABIA
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NO.
REV. NO.
C-640
CT-906045
01 of 01
00
THI S DRAW I NG
AND THE I NFORMATI ON CONTAI NED
S T I N EU N I B R U ST A GG N I T S I X E 7 2 & 6 2 , 5 2 , 4 2 . S O N
S T I N EU N I B R U ST A GG N I T S I X E 3 2 & 2 2 , 1 2 , 0 2 . S O N
HEREI N
ARE THE SOLE PROPERTY
OF
NO
CYCLONE FENCE
E L O H N A M
K N A T B C U V D k 2 3 1
REPRODUCTI ON I N
L E N N U E T L B A VC k 0 8 E 3 D M WI 5
E L O H N A M
45. 23
8. 01
FULL OR I N
L L A W E R I F ) . P Y T (
E L O H N A M
PART SHALL BE OBTAI NED FROM
THI S DOCUMENT W I THOUT THE W RI TTEN
CONSENT OF I TS OW NER.
E L O H N A M
4 0 T# G LS C
E L O H N A M
U C A P
RELAY M O O TR S E T ) 0 0 7 8 x 0 0 6 5 (
E T U H EC L B A C
M O O RR G W VS k 8 . 3 1 ) 0 0 8 0 1 x 0 5 3 4 (
M O O NR O I T A C I N U M M O C ) 0 0 7 8 x 5 2 9 0 1 (
3 1 =D
. G D L LB O R T N O C N A L RP O O L DF N U O R G
D A O DR E S O P O R P
RMU
N O I T C E T O R EP R I F M O O TR N E M P I U Q E ) 0 0 8 0 1 x 0 5 5 5 (
K N A TB C U ED R A P S . S T K )C 4 R( U O RF O F
R O D I R R O C
STORE ) 0 0 8 0 1 x 0 5 5 5 (
M O O ER C N A R E F N O C ) 0 0 7 8 x 0 0 5 1 1 (
OFFICE ) 0 0 1 7 x 0 0 5 5 (
TOILET ) 0 0 5 3 x 0 5 5 5 (
2 1 =D
U C A P
UP
U C A P
H P S A
E T E A G T A G
T L A
G A T E E N T R A N C E
D A
E C N E EF N O L C Y C
JOB ORDER NO.
INDEX
P
T ROAD ASPHAL T ROAD ASPHAL
PLANT NO.
C-640
CT-906045
DRAWING NUMBER
01 of 01
SHEET NO.
NOTES
1.THIS DRAWING SHOWS A TENTATIVE CABLE ROUTE BASED ON INFORMATION COLLECTED FROM SEC QASSIM
ROAD CURVE
E C N E E F N O L C Y C
061 6.
L L WA E R I F
R EW A LL FI
G ANTRY 8 8 2 4A
60 0.
E R U T U OF T N O I T U B I R T S I D
U M R
M. H
M O O YR R E T T A B ) 0 0 7 8 x 5 2 1 2 1 (
P M U EP R I F E S U O H
L A N R E T X EE S O P O R P M O C E L E RT A L U D O M R E T L E H S
A L T R O A D
NOTES
C-7
C-5
C-3
C-1
SF6/OIL BUSHING TERMATION
SCOPE OF WORK AS PER PTS-12CC348
> > 13.8kV CIRCUIT BREAKER
CABLE TERMINATION
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
DRAWING TITLE DRAWING CONTROL SHEET SCOPE OF WORK TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NO. 906044 PTS. 12CC348
380kV,1CX1000sq.mm. XLPE CABLE PER PHASE
ST-1
G20
G21
G22
G23
REV. NO.
DATE
BY
DESCRIPTION
CHKD.
CERT.
APPD.
DRAWN BY
RCI
CHECKED BY
THM
SCALE:
NONE
DATE STARTED
EHV-E&DD
DATE COMPLETED
E&DD/ESD
OPRG. DEPT.
ENG. DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY
BA
DATE
11-12-2012
MAIN ONE LINE DIAGRAM 380kV NEW QASSIM-4 (9032) 380/132kV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NO.
REV. NO.
C640
CT-906046
01 of 02
00
THI S DRAW I NG
AND THE I NFORMATI ON CONTAI NED
HEREI N
ARE THE SOLE PROPERTY
OF
NO
REPRODUCTI ON I N
FULL OR I N
> >
PART SHALL BE OBTAI NED
FROM
THI S DOCUMENT W I THOUT THE W RI TTEN
CONSENT OF I TS OW NER.
JOB ORDER NO.
INDEX
PLANT NO.
C640
CT-906046
DRAWING NUMBER
01 of 02
SHEET NO.
REV. NO.
00
NOTES
00
REV. NO.
CONSTRUCTION. 2. THE RATING OF 13.8kV SIDE SURGE ARRESTER FOR TRANSFORMER SHALL BE DECIDED BASED ON THE TRANSFERED OVER VOLTAGE STUDY. 3.380kV SA SHOWN ARE ADDITIONAL SA SHALL BE PROVIDED BASED ON EMTDC/INSULATION COORDINATION STUDY AS REQUIRED.
NOTES
C-2 C-4 C-6 C-8
SF6/OIL BUSHING TERMATION
SCOPE OF WORK AS PER PTS-12CC348
CABLE TERMINATION
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
DRAWING TITLE DRAWING CONTROL SHEET SCOPE OF WORK TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NO. 906044 PTS. 12CC348
SPARE FOR FUTURE GENERATION
ST-2
ST-3
REV. NO.
DATE
BY
DESCRIPTION
CHKD.
CERT.
APPD.
DRAWN BY
RCI
CHECKED BY
THM
SCALE:
NONE
DATE STARTED
EHV-E&DD
DATE COMPLETED
E&DD/ESD
OPRG. DEPT.
ENG. DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY
BA
DATE
11-12-2012
MAIN ONE LINE DIAGRAM 380kV NEW QASSIM-4 (9032) 380/132kV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NO.
REV. NO.
C640
CT-906046
02 of 02
00
THI S DRAW I NG
AND THE I NFORMATI ON CONTAI NED HEREI N ARE THE SOLE PROPERTY
OF
NO
REPRODUCTI ON I N FULL OR I N PART SHALL BE OBTAI NED FROM
THI S DOCUMENT W I THOUT THE W RI TTEN CONSENT OF I TS OW NER.
JOB ORDER NO.
INDEX
PLANT NO.
C640
CT-906046
DRAWING NUMBER
02 of 02
SHEET NO.
NOTES
1. THIS IS A CONCEPTUAL DRAWING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE DETAILED DRAWINGS FOR ENGINEERING AND
APPENDIX- II MATERIAL DATA SCHEDULES (SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS)
APPENDIX II (MATERIAL DATA SCHEDULES /SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT The following COMPANY Material Standard Specifications Data Schedules are attached. The CONTRACTOR shall fill out the Data Schedule indicating the technical particulars of the equipment offered by him. In no case, the data specified by the COMPANY in the Data Schedule shall be erased or altered by the CONTRACTOR while he fills out his data. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
10-TMSS-05 (Rev.01) 11-TMSS-02 (Rev. 01) 11-TMSS-03 (Rev. 0) 11-TMSS-10 (Rev. 01) 12-TMSS-10 (Rev.0) 12-TMSS-11 (Rev.0) 23-TMSS-01 (Rev.0) 23-TMSS-02 (Rev. 0) 23-TMSS-04 (Rev. 0) 24-TMSS-01 (Rev.01) (Rev.01) Bare, Copper-Clad Steel Grounding Conductor and Ground Rod Power Cable, XLPE Insulated, Copper Conductor, Single Core, 110kV, 115kV, 132kV, 230kV or 380kV Rating Power Cable, LPOF, Copper Conductor, Single Core, 110kV, 115kV, 132kV, 230kV or 380kV Rating Power and/or Control Cable, Cu or Al Conductor,600/1000V Rating Splice & Termination Kits for Power Cables 69kV, 110kV 115kV, 132kV, 230kV and 380kV Link Boxes for Power Cables PVC Conduits & Fittings for Underground Cables Duct Sealing Units Cable Clamps for Power Cables Metallic Cable Tray Systems Normal Weight Ready-Mixed Portland Cement Concrete
11. 70-TMSS-03
Page1
12CC348
2500
12CC313 12CC348
12CC313 12CC348
12CC313 12CC348
12CC313 12CC348
12CC313 12CC348
12CC348
12CC348
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION r %
24-TMSS-01, Rev. 01
6.0 DATA SCHEDULE METALLIC CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS SEC Enquiry No. SEC Purchase Order No. or Contract No. SEC PTS No./Project Title with J.O. No. REFERENCE SECTION NO. 3.0 DESCRIPTION 12CC348 Date: Date:
'A'
'C'
APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS Applicable industry standard
4.0 4.2
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Design Criteria Designation Span load class Span length (mm) Working load capacity (kg/m) Safety factor Maximum deflection (mm) 1.5 12 * * *
4.3
Materials Type of material (Al / Steel) Type of surface protection If aluminum alloy, If carbon steel,
SEC SPECIFIED DATA/PARAMETER. BIDDER/SUPPLIER/VENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATA/PARAMETERS. 'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'. (*)- DATA/PARAMETER TO BE PROVIDED/PROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/ VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.
24TMSSO1R01/NAQ Date of Approval: June 19, 2012 PAGE NO. 12 OF 14
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION r ti

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE METALLIC CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS REFERENCE SECTION NO. 4.4 Fabrication Type of Cable Tray (Ladder, Trough, Solid Bottom, Channel) Width/depth of cable tray, as applicable (mm/mm) Ladder Trough (mm/mm) Solid Bottom (mm/mm) (mm/mm) Channel Rung spacing for ladder type tray (mm) Free base area of cable ladder (%) Free base area classification of cable ladder Perforation in the base area for trough type tray (%) Perforation base area classifcation Minmum temperature classification (C) Maximum temperature classification (C) Impact resistance up to (J) Minimum thickness of material (mm) Moment of Ineria (mm4) Section modulus for two side rails (mm3) Are Cable Barriers Required? Finish touch up Yes / No 2
24-TMSS-01, Rev. 01
DESCRIPTION
'A'
'B'
'C'
24TMSSO1R01/NAQ
Date of Approval: June 19, 2012
PAGE NO. 13 OF 14
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE METALLIC CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS
24-TMSS-01, Rev. 01
ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY SEC:
ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES BIDDERNENDOR/SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR:
PROPOSED BY
C. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDER/VENDOR/SUPPLIER/ CONTRACTOR:
Actual Manufacturer of Equipment/Material Name of the Company Location and address
Vendor/Supplier/ Contractor
Name and Signature of authorized epresentative and date Official Seal/Stamp of the Company & Date
24TMSSO1R01/NAO
Date of Approval: June 19, 2012
PAGE NO, 14 OF 14
12CC348
MODERATE
TYPE- II 350 * *
28
0.40
75 *
r TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION \ 1/44.
70-TMSS-03, Rev. 01
12.0 DATA SCHEDULE NORMAL WEIGHT READY-MIXED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE SEC Enquiry No. SEC Purchase Order No. or Contract No. SEC PTS No./Project Title with J.O. No. REFERENCE SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION
12CC348
Date: Date:
'A'
'B'
'C'
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS i) Coarse Aggregates Type Mass (kg/m3) Nominal Size (mm) .1) Admixture: Type Brand Dosage (Um') 10.0 TESTS 10.2.2 Frequency of Sampling for Compressive Strength/m3 10.2.4 Rapid Chloride Permeability Test (ASTM C1202) Frequency of Permeability Test/m3 Chloride Permeability Test (ASTM C1543)
SEC 10.2.2
* * *
Yes/No
Yes/No
SEC SPECIFIED DATA/PARAMETER BIDDER/SUPPLIER/VENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATA/PARAMETERS 'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B' (*)- DATA/PARAMETER TO BE PROVIDED/PROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/ VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'
70TMSSO3R01/SZA
Date of Approval: January 31, 2012
PAGE NO. 37 OF 38
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION r
70-TMSS-03, Rev. 01
12.0 DATA SCHEDULE NORMAL WEIGHT READY-MIXED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY SEC:
ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY BIDDER/VENDOR/SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR:
B. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDER/VENDOR/SUPPLIER/ CONTRACTOR:
Actual Manufacturer of Equipment/Material Name of the Company Location and address
Vendor/Supplier/ Contractor
Name and Signature of authorized Representative and date Official Seal/Stamp of the Company & Date
70TMSSO3R01/SZA
Date of Approval: January 31, 2012
PAGE NO, 38 OF 38
APPENDIX - III TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS
1.
Technical Data Manuals The CONTRACTOR shall provide Technical Data Manuals as applicable for the substation equipment and underground cable systems installed under the PROJECT. The CONTRACTOR shall submit at least two (2) sets of manuals for review and approval by the COMPANY at least two (2) months prior to the techinical completion date of the PROJECT. After COMPANY approval, the CONTRACTOR shall submit three (3) sets of final approved manuals two (2) weeks before technical completion date of the PROJECT.
2.
Substation Equipment The Technical Data Manuals for the substation equipment, as applicable, shall include the following information as a minimum pertaining to the major substation equipment installed under the PROJECT. a. Equipment for which TMSS and SMSS Data Schedule is available. A copy of manufacturers nameplate of the equipment. Name of the manufacturer and equipment serial number shall be specified in the attached Form No. PTD-EQP-DS1. Updated Data Schedules attached to the COMPANY Materials Standard Specification (TMSS and SMSS) after manufacture of the equipment, and stamped by the manufacturer.
The Technical Data is required for the following substation equipment:

380kV XLPE Cables 380kV XLPE Cable Termination and Splicing Kits Line Boxes Sheath Voltage Limiters Surge Arresters DTS
3.
Underground Cables The CONTRACTOR shall provide technical data applicable for XLPE Cables, splices and terminations as per details of updated data schedules of the relevant COMPANY material standard specifications (TMSS and SMSS) stamped by the manufacturer. In addition to the above mentioned TMSS and SMSS data schedules, the CONTRACTOR shall provide additional information in the attached form no. PTD-UGC DS6
APPENDIX - IV BID STANDARD FORMAT
CERT.
CHKD
APPD
APPENDIX IV
DESCRIPTION
BID STANDARD FORMAT

The BIDDER shall fill in Annex A & C which shows equipment salient features along with the Technical Proposal. The BIDDER shall also fill Annex B which shows the documents submitted along with the Technical Proposal
3 2
NO.
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY: DATE: CHKD BY:
APPROVED
CERTIFIED
BY: DATE:
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
PTS-12CC348
JOB ORDER NO.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
INDEX
DOCUMENT NO.
PAGE NO.
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348 APPENDIX-IV
ANNEX A Contract No. Project Titile: No. A 1
EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS Type/Model Manufacturer Country of Origin Tech. Info. In Section#
Description of Equipment/ Material UNDERGROUND TRANSMISSION LINE MATERIAL XLPE or LPOF U/G Cable 380kV 230kV 132kV 110kV 36kV 13.8KV Non-metallic Fiber Optic Cable Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment Low Density SDH Pilot Cable, 19 pairs Link Box for U/G Power Cable Sheath Voltage Limiter 380kV Splice kits 380kV Termination kits
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 B
O/H TRANSMISSION LINE EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL 1 Overhead Line Conductor 2 Overhead Ground Wire 3 Tubular Steel Pole 4 Lattice Steel Structure 5 Wood Pole 6 Disconnect Switch 380kV 230kV 110kV 132kV 7 Line Post Insulator 380kV 230kV 110kV 69kV 8 Suspension Insulator 380kV 132kV 110kV 69kV 9 Composite Overhead Optical Fiber Ground Wire (OPGW) 10 Fiber Optic Joint Box 11 Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment * Low Density SDH
Note : Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project
Page 1 of 1
ANNEX B Contract No. Project Titile: SUMMARY OF EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL SUBMITTALS Description of Equipment/ Material UNDERGROUND TRANSMISSION LINE MATERIAL XLPE or LPOF U/G Cable 380kV 230kV 132kV 110kV 69kV 36 Kv 13.8kV Non-metallic Fiber Optic Cable Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment Low Density SDH Pilot Cable, 19 pairs Link Box for U/G Power Cable Sheath Voltage Limiter 380kV Splice kits 380kV Termination kits Statement of Data Manufacturer's Compliance Schedule Catalogs Type Test List of Users Report
No. A 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 B
O/H TRANSMISSION LINE EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL 1 Overhead Line Conductor 2 Overhead Ground Wire 3 Tubular Steel Pole 4 Lattice Steel Structure 5 Wood Pole 6 Disconnect Switch 380kV 132kV 110kV 7 Line Post Insulator 380kV 132kV 110kV 8 Suspension Insulator 380kV 132kV 110kV 9 Composite Overhead Optical Fiber Ground Wire (OPGW) 10 Fiber Optic Joint Box 11 Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment Low Density SDH
Note : Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project
Page 1 of 1
ANNEX C Contract No. Project Titile: No. 1
SUMMARY OF PROPOSED PROTECTIVE RELAYS Manufacturer Country of Origin Type/ Model Tech. Info. In Section #
Description of Equipment/ Material Relay & Control Panels
2 Feeder Protection a. Distance Relay Set 1 (2IP) Set 2 (2IS) b. Directional Comparison Earth Fault Relay Set 1 (67NP) Set 2 (67NS) c. Longitudinal/Pilot Wire Differential Relay Set 1 (87LP) Set 2 (87LS) d. Back-up Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with Instantaneous Unit Phase (50/51) Neutral (50/51N) e. Back-up Directional Overcurrent Relay with Instantaneous Unit Phase (50/51) Neutral (67N) f. Synchrocheck Relay (25) g. Auto Reclosing Relay (79) h. PT Fuse Failure Relay 3 a. b. c. Power Transformer Protection OLTC Control Panel Differential Relay (87 T) Restricted Earth Fault Relay HV Side (87 REF-HV) LV Side (87 REF-HV) d. Back-up HV side Overcurrent Relay with or without Inst.Unit Phase (50/51) Neutral (50/51N) Ground (50/51G) Back-up Secondary side Directional Overcurrent Relay with or without Inst. Unit Phase (67) Neutral (67G) Back-up LV side Neutral Overcurrent Relay with or without Inst.Unit Tertiary Winding Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with or without Instantaneous Unit (50/51TW) HV Side Over Fluxing Relay (24T) Grounding Transformer Protection Restricted Earth Fault Relay (87 GT)
e.
f. g.
h. 4 a.
Page 1 of 3 Note: 1. Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project. 2. In case different make/type/model of same kind of relays are proposed for different applications list them all.
ANNEX C Contract No. Project Titile: No. b.
5 a. 6 a. b. c. 7
Description of Equipment/ Material Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with/ without Intantaneous Unit Phase (50/51 GT) Neutral (50/51 GGT) Station Service Transformer Protection Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with Intantaneous Unit (50/51) Bus Bar Protection Bus Bar Differential Relay (87 B) Bus Bar Differential Check Relay (87B) CT Open Circuit Supervision Relay Bus Sectionalizing and /or Bus Coupler Breaker Protection
a. Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with/ without Intantaneous Unit Phase (51BT) Neutral (51NBT) 8 Breaker and Protection Circuit Failure Supervision a. Breaker Failure Relay (50 BF) b. DC Supervision Relay Set 1 Set 2 c. Trip Circuit Supervision Relay Set 1 Set 2 d. Trip Coil Supervision Relay Set 1 Set 2 9 Reactor Protection a. Differential Relay b. Restricted Earth Fault Relay c. Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with/ without Intantaneous Unit Phase (50/51) Neutral (50/51N) 10 Capacitor Bank Protection a. Harmonic Desensitized Instantaneous Overcurrent Relay Phase Set 1 (50P) Phase Set 2 (50S) Neutral Set 1 (50NP) Neutral Set 2 (50NS) b. Short Time Overcurrent Relay Phase Set 1 (51P) Phase Set 2 (51S1) Neutral Set 1 (51NP) Neutral Set 2 (51NS) c. Overcurrent Relay with Harmonic Filter for Mid-point Unbalance Set 1 (59P) Set 2 (59S)
ANNEX C Contract No. Project Titile: No. d.
e.
f.
11 a. b. c. d. 12 a. b. c. d. e. f. g.
Description of Equipment/ Material For Neutral Point Unbalance Set 1 (59NP) Set 2 (59NS) Bus Over Voltage Relays Set 1 (59BP) Set 2 (59BS) Bus Under Voltage Relay Set 1 (27BP) Set 2 (27BS) Protection Signalling/Communication Interface Equipment For Distance Protection For Pilot Wire Differential Protection Breaker Failure Scheme For Longitudinal Differential Protection Other Relays Under frequency Relay (81) Lockout Relay (86) Timers (62) Tripping Relay (94) Tripping & Lockout Relay Supervision DC Supply Supervision Relay (74) Test Switches
13 Bidder to Specify and List other Relays and Devices
APPENDIX - V LIST OF OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR 380KV UNDERGROUND CABLES DISTRIBUTED TEMPERATURE SENSORS (DTS)
VOLTAGE : MANUFACTURER :_______________ TYPE : ________________ YEAR OF MANUFACTURE :_____________ (A) ITEM NO. PART NO. / SEC REQ. TYPE QTY. (B)
ITEM DESCRIPTION
MFR. NAME
MFR.REC. QTY. (FOR 10 YRS OPERATION)
10% OF THE ITEM USED
Note The bidder shall offer complete list of manufacturer recommended operational spare parts as required for the DTS
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR 380KV UNDERGROUND CABLES CABLING AND TERMINATION
TYPE: _________ YEAR OF MANUFACTUR :___________ MANUFACTURER :___________________ PART NO./ TYPE (A) SEC REQ. QTY. 80M 25 Nos. 5Nos. 3Nos. 12Nos. 12Nos. 20 M (B) MFR.REC. QTY. (FOR 10 YRS OPERATION)
ITEM DESCRIPTION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 380kV XLPE Power Cable 1000mm Sheath Voltage limiter(As used) Link Box 380kV SF6/XLPE Termination 380kV Cable joints isolated type 380kV Cable joints straight through type Low voltage coaxial cables 400mm suitable to connect the link boxes and joints
MFR. NAME
The bidder shall omit those items that are not applicable to this equipment and shall recommend required spares instead of the omitted items.
NOTES: The bidder should submit itemize prices and complete technical data.
APPENDIX - VI COMMUNICATION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
CERT.
National Grid SA
DESCRIPTION
CHKD
0APPD
SCOPE OF WORK AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

NO. 2 3 1
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY:
FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION
MAL
DATE:
CHKD BY:
MAL
APPROVED TE&SA DEPT.
PTS-12CC348
APPENDIX VI UNDERGROUND FIBER OPTIC CABLE AND DUCTBANK SYSTEM AND LINK REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (OSP/ISP)
MAL
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
OCTOBER 2012
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
JOB ORDER NO.
C640
RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PTS-12CC348
1 OF 17
CERT.
National Grid SA TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 1 SCOPE OF WORK
1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04
2 3 1
DESCRIPTION
CHKD
0APPD
COMMUNICATION WORKS OTHER WORKS TO BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGE CABLE SPECIFIC SEC STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS
NO.
MATERIALS
2.01 2.03 OPTICAL FIBERS CABLE FIBER OPTICS JOINT BOXES ( if applicable )
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY:
MAL
DATE:
3
MAL
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3.01 FIBER OPTIC CABLE INSTALLATIONS
CHKD BY:
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

4.01 ADDITIONAL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR TESTING OF FIBER OPTIC CABLES
MAL
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
JOB ORDER NO.
C640
RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PTS-12CC348
2 OF 17
CERT.
National Grid SA
SECTION 1- SCOPE OF WORK 1.01 COMMUNICATION WORKS
DESCRIPTION
CHKD
0APPD
a. 380kV U/G WORKS BETWEEN S/S 9032 & Qassim Power Plant 1. TRANSMISSION LINE WORK (BETWEEN S/S 9032 & Qassim Power Plant)
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY:
MAL
1.01 CONTRACTOR shall provide, install, test and commission three ( 3 ) 48 cores, Non-Zero Dispersion Shifted (ITU-T G.655) Single-mode Underground Non Metallic Fiber Optic Cable (UGNMFOC) from S/S 9032 to Qassim Power Plant ( up to the existing / proposed optical fiber management rack/ Fiber Splice Termination Panel (OFMR/FSTP) at 380/132/13.8 kV BSP Communication Room at S/S 9032 & Qassim Power Plant via the proposed/Existing Communication Duct bank. Contractor to finalize the FOC length during the Base Design Stage (See Attached Drawing A). Note: Incase the proposed FSTP are unable to be accommodated inside in ANY of the existing OFMR or at ALL site, new OFMR shall be proposed by the CONTRACTOR.
NO.
DATE:
CHKD BY:
MAL
MAL
b. COMMUNICATION DUCTBANK & UNDERGROUND FIBER OPTIC CABLING WORK AT 380kV BSP 9032 & Qassim Power Plant ( if the existing Ductbank can to be used to lay the proposed cable) :
OPERATING DEPT.
a) CONTRACTOR shall construct a new communications ductbank and handhole system at Qassim Power Plant & S/S 9032 Concrete encased ductbank shall be a minimum of 4-way x 110 mm ducts configuration as per SEC standard drawing TB-800079. The 110mm rigid PVC conduit (each) shall be provided with four (4) 32mm diameter rigid HDPE subduct or COMPANY approved equivalent. Spare duct/subduct shall be provided with different color of nylon ropes and end plugs. Connection shall be made watertight. Concrete encased ductbank in all road crossings shall be in accordance with COMPANY construction standard. b) CONTRACTOR shall construct and install Communication Handholes/Manhole, as reference to COMPANY (SEC) Standards drawing numbers TB-800096 (for manhole type-1), TB800076 (for non-traffic areas), TB-800077 (for traffic areas) and TA-80098 for accessories. Handholes/manhole shall be provided with all necessary clamps and fixing hardware to enable coiling the extra length of fiber optic cable. c) CONTRACTOR shall provide and install communication cable trays and pull box as required and necessary to completely route the underground fiber optic cable (UGNMFOC) up to the designated location of the optical fiber management rack (OFMR) inside the proposed communication room at existing 380kV 9032 & Qassim Power Plant .
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
d) Concrete encased ductbank shall be a minimum of 2/4/6/12 ducts configuration as per SEC standard drawing. The 110mm rigid PVC conduit shall be provided with four (4) 32mm diameter rigid HDPE subduct or SEC approved equivalent. Spare duct/subduct shall be provided with different color of nylon ropes and end plugs. e) Provide and install communication cable trays, splicing/termination panel, optical fiber
JOB ORDER NO.
C640
RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PTS-12CC348
3 OF 17
CERT.
National Grid SA
management rack inside the communication room and a minimum of 5 meters long pigtail cables (FC/PC type connector in one end) and splice one end of the pigtail cable with the underground fiber optic cable.
DESCRIPTION
CHKD
0APPD
C. COMMUNICATION MANHOLE/HANDHOLES 1. CONTRACTOR shall construct and install Communication Handholes/Manhole, as reference to COMPANY (SEC) Standards drawing numbers TB-800096 (for manhole type-1), TB-800076 (for non-traffic areas), TB-800077 (for traffic areas) and TA-800098 for accessories. Handholes/manhole shall be provided with all necessary clamps and fixing hardware to enable coiling the extra length of fiber optic cable. 2. Manholes/Handholes shall be provided on every, crossing, start and end of duct banks and at every 300 meters (maximum) of continuous run without any change/offset on the ground elevation. 3. Handhole/manhole located in high water table shall be waterproofed as per COMPANY Standard drawing number TA-800140.
MAL
NO.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY:
MAL
DATE:
CHKD BY:
4. All interior surfaces of concrete handhole/manhole shall be coated with two (2) coats of elastomeric cementitious impermeable membrane after thirty-five days of concrete placement. The second coat shall be applied within the time interval (between successive coating application) specified by the manufacturer. The total wet film thickness shall not be less than 1 mm (minimum). 5. On Interior Concrete Surfaces: A polymer modified cementitious coating material, when cured, it shall form an elastomeric impermeable membrane: Color Modulus at Break Ultimate Elongation : First coat white and subsequent coats gray : 1 Mpa : 180 % (1.8 mm crack shall be bridged statically) : 25 kN/m (ASTM D624) : 95 % : 25 Mpa (ASTM D412) : 85-90 (ASTM D2240) : DIN 1048 : ASTM 0648 : not less than 1 Mpa : not less than 60 % : not less than 60 % : not less than 1 : Wet thoroughly the concrete surfaces by water : Positive-7 bar (70m head of water) : Excellent : Excellent : Excellent
MAL
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
Tear Resistance Tensile Set Recovery Tensile Strength Shore A Hardness Permeability to water vapor Heat Deflection Temperature Bond Strength to Concrete Total Solids by Volume Total Solids by Weight Specific Gravity Priming Coat Resistance to Water Surface (DIN 1048) Crack Accommodation (Static & Dynamic) CO2 & Chloride Ion Diffusion Resistance Bond to Damp Concrete
6.
Each Fiber Optic handhole/manhole shall be marked by a COMPANY (SEC) approved stainless steel marker plate. The Marker plate shall be located on the handhole collar frame with the following information.
JOB ORDER NO.
C640
RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PTS-12CC348
4 OF 17
CERT.
National Grid SA
CHKD
0APPD
SEC FIBER OPTIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM MANHOLE/HANDHOLE NO. CONTRACT NO. JOINT BOX NO. LINK DESTINATION CABLE TYPE/ NO. OF CORES CABLE MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION YEAR D. SUBDUCTS
2 3 1
: : : : : : :
NO.
DESCRIPTION
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY:
MAL
DATE:
1. Subducts (or equivalent) on straight run installed in the underground duct-bank shall be rigid and must have 32 mm outside diameter and made from HDPE piping compound, its inner wall must be smooth and its pulling length must not exceed 450 meters. It must comply with industry standard ASTM-F-2160, with TRUE-9 "1 inch Trade size". 2. Subduct (or equivalent) on handholes and inside the building shall be corrugated, flexible and fire retardant (2 hours UL fire rating) with 25 mm outside diameter. Sub-ducts installation shall be in accordance with TCS-T-111.05. Nylon pull ropes inch diameter (of different color) shall be provided and installed in all vacant duct and subducts. 3. CONTRACTOR shall submit sample of the 25mm corrugated, flexible and 32mm outside diameter rigid HDPE subducts for COMPANY review and acceptance. 4. HDPE couplers and accessories shall be as per industry standard ASTM-F-2176. E. COMMUNICATION PULL BOX Communication pull box shall be NEMA standard type-4X with 500 mm (H) x 400 mm (W) x 200 mm (D) minimum (unless otherwise specified) and shall be of stainless steel type 304 sheets with opening type cover and shall be marked COMMUNICATION PULL BOX with number at the cover. All communications pull box mounted/installed inside and outside the building shall be grounded with a minimum 70mm2 grounding cable with green/yellow insulation. Grounding wire shall be connected to the power plant and substation grounding grid. F. COMMUNICATION CABLE TRAY/LADDER 1. CONTRACTOR shall supply and install a 12 inches wide telecommunication cable tray with accessories for Fiber Optic Cable installation and shall be supplied and installed inside communication room/area of the building. Electrical cable trays will not be an acceptable substitute for communication cable tray/ladder. Cable trays and cable ladders shall be primarily constructed of 1.65mm wall rectangular tubing in high strength alloy, with minimum field strength of 50,000 psi and Cross members with minimum width span of 300mm and shall be welded at 300mm (rung) intervals each along the over-all section/length of the cable tray/ladder. Each over-all section/length shall be finished with telephone gray baked enamel. New cable tray/ladder shall be used to route the proposed U/G non-metallic fiber optic cable inside COMPANY approved subduct up to the communication room. CONTRACTOR to install
CHKD BY:
MAL
MAL
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
2.
3.
JOB ORDER NO.
C640
RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PTS-12CC348
5 OF 17
CERT.
National Grid SA
new cable trays/ladders to route the fiber optic cables inside the Substations, where COMPANY requires it. 4. CONTRACTOR shall evaluate and determine the exact quantity required for each site, as part of his Base design and Detail engineering for the project.
CHKD
0APPD
DESCRIPTION
G. OPTICAL FIBER MANAGEMENT RACK At sites where Fiber Optic Splice/Termination Panel is specified, the following technical specifications should be met: The Fiber Optics Cable Management rack shall be designed to utilize a standard EIA (Electronic Industries Association) 19 Inch rack which will be suitable for mounting splice cassette/splice organizer modules, as well as modules which will terminate fiber optics pigtail and fiber optics patch cable. Each standard EIA 19 inch rack shall be of a height which is consistent with the overall equipment installation at the site (either 2.0 meters, or 2.1 meters high, depending on the installation). As part of the design of the Fiber Optic Cable management Rack, enclosures will be provided for the housing of splice organizer/splice cassette trays, used to splice incoming fiber optics cable (indoor cable, or underground fiber optics cable) with fiber optics pigtail cables. The enclosure used for this purpose may be either a pull-out type design (where a technician will pull out the associated tray of the enclosure from the front access, exposing the inner fiber optics joints), or may be a swing frame design (with a left-hand hinge, and a handle on the right side) to allow the access for the splice organizer/splice cassette tray, by swinging out the enclosure from the right side handle. Splice organizer trays used in this enclosure shall be sized to hold the splice organizer/splice cassette tray shall be designed with sufficient space, and coiling supports to provide storage of a minimum of five (5) meters of excess fiber optics pigtail cable (48 pigtails). As part of the design of the Fiber Optic Cable Management Rack, enclosures will be provided for the housing of fiber optics termination connections (FC/PC barrel, or bulkhead connectors) used to interconnect fiber optics pigtail cords with Fiber Optic Patch Cable. Depending on the size of the installation, the enclosures used to house fiber optics termination connections will contain 48 FC/PC connections. The enclosure used for this purpose may be either a pull-out type design (where a technician will pull out the associated tray of the enclosure from the front access, exposing the connections between the fiber optics pigtail cables with the fiber optics patch cables), or may be a swing frame design (with a left-hand hinge, and a handle on the right side) to allow the access to the interconnection between the fiber optics pigtail cable, and fiber optics patch cable, by swinging out the enclosure from the right side handle. Also, the enclosure used to hold the splice organizer/splice cassette tray shall be designed with sufficient space, and coiling supports to provide storage of a minimum of five (5) meters of excess fiber optics pigtail cable (for 36 core fiber connection termination enclosure), and a minimum of five meters of excess fiber optics patch cable (for 48 fiber optics patch cables). FC/PC Fiber Optic Barrel, or Bulkhead connectors used shall allow for no greater than a 1.0dB/per connection loss, when the connection is used, and shall be designed for use with Single Mode Fiber Optics Cable. Also, as part of the design/construction of the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack, all accessories required to orderly route incoming underground fiber optic cable, indoor fiber optics cable, as well as fiber optics pigtail cable, and fiber optics patch cable shall be provided. These may include items such as D channels, incoming flexible sub-duct, mounting supports (for incoming fiber optics cable), buffer tubes for fiber optics cores (in the enclosure used for splicing), brackets/guides to route fiber optics pigtail/patch cable between portions of the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack, and other accessories which are required as part of the equipment manufactures design/construction of the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack.
NO.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY:
MAL
DATE:
CHKD BY:
MAL
MAL
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
JOB ORDER NO.
C640
RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PTS-12CC348
6 OF 17
CERT.
National Grid SA
If the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack is exclusively used for patching and termination of fiber optics pigtail cable, and fiber optics patch cable, the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack shall allow for the termination of a minimum of 108 fibers. Also the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack shall be provided with required dust proof covers (to prevent fiber optics splices from dust entry) and identification Tags/Labels to identify all incoming fiber optics cables to the cable Management Rack. Prior to the CONTRACTOR supply of the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack to the COMPANY, the CONTRACTOR shall provide full colored brochures, and equipment specifications for COMPANY review and approval.
DESCRIPTION
CHKD
0APPD
1.02 OTHER WORKS TO BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY:
MAL
DATE:
A. CONTRACTOR shall field verify and determine the exact quantity of all required and necessary telecommunication civil works (manhole, handhole, cable trays/ladders, pull boxes, conduit risers, grounding & bonding cables and rigid/flexible ducts or sub-ducts) and termination of all cables from the cabinet up to the Main/Intermediate Distribution Frame (MDF/IDF), as part of his Base design and Detailed engineering for the project to completely satisfy the requirements specified in the scope of work. B. In case the Bidder/Contractor feel that a pre-bid site survey is necessary in order for the Bidder/Contractor to satisfy himself for all information the Bidder required in preparing the bid documents. The Bidder shall request in writing and submit to COMPANY representative to schedule and arrange for a group site visit with all bidders. Otherwise, COMPANY (SEC) will assumed that Bidder/Contractor fully understand the Communication SOW/TS requirements of the PTS covering SEC Fiber Optic Systems and interconnection with other telecommunication systems of the COMPANY.
NO.
CHKD BY:
MAL
MAL
C. End to End testing of the complete fiber optic cables (U/G to OFMR) after all installations and splicing are completed.
OPERATING DEPT.
D. CONTRACTOR shall plan & execute the WORK such that the communication outages required to the existing transmission lines are minimized to the extent possible. A detailed plan for the execution of WORK shall be submitted in the Base design stage for COMPANY (SEC) review and approval. E. Copies of existing Substation drawings and other information as deemed appropriate by the COMPANY may be provided to the CONTRACTOR upon request, if available. However, if such information is not available, then the CONTRACTOR should be responsible for the independent development of the information required to complete the Base design & Detail drawings as specified for the PROJECT.
1.03 REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGED CABLES
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
A. If during any testing of the fiber optics cable there was damage or defects found, CONTRACTOR shall be required to replace the entire drum section of the fiber optic cable at NO additional cost to the COMPANY, and without impact on the overall project schedule. B. The final installation, to be provided by the CONTRACTOR, shall be safe, functional and reliable in accordance with the latest Engineering practices. End to end testing of the complete fiber optic cable after all splicing are completed.
JOB ORDER NO.
C640
RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PTS-12CC348
7 OF 17
CERT.
National Grid SA
1.04 SPECIFIC SEC STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. SEC MATERIAL STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
CHKD
0APPD
01-TMSS-01
DESCRIPTION
General Requirements for All Equipment/Materials Non-Metallic Fiber Optic Cable (NFOC) PVC conduits & fittings for underground Cables Duct sealing units
48-TMSS-02R.1 23-TMSS-01 23-TMSS-02
NO.
B. SEC ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS

2 3 1
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY:
SES-T-011 TCS-T-111.06 TCS-T-557.10
Symbols, Communications Optical Fiber Cables Splicing Optical Fiber Cables Testing/Acceptance Underground Installation of Optical Fiber Cables Design and Installation of Communication Conduit and Manhole System Underground Cable Conduit Sealing
MAL
DATE:
CHKD BY:
MAL
TCS-T-111.08
TCS-T-111.11 TCS-T-111.02
MAL
C. SEC ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
SES-T-011
OPERATING DEPT.
Symbols, Communications Design & Installation of U/G communications conduit & manhole systems Optical Fiber Cables Testing/Acceptance Underground Installation of Optical Fiber Cables Underground Cable Conduit Sealing Communication Facility grounding
TCS-T-111.11 TCS-T-557.10
CERTIFIED
TCS-T-111.08 TCS-T-111.02 TES-T-111.02
BY:
FSM
D. SEC STANDARD DRAWINGS (Latest revision shall prevail)
SEEDS-II R.1
Preparing, Processing, & Managing Transmission For Contractor Manhole/Handhole Accessories for Communication (sht. 1 & 2) Handhole/Manhole Water Proofing Installation
TA-800098 TA-800140
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PAGE NO.
REV.
C640
RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PTS-12CC348
8 OF 17
CERT.
National Grid SA
TA-800094 TA-800096 Typical Duct Splaying Layout for Manhole (Service Hole and Hanhole) Entry. Service Manhole Type-1 Typical Detail of Conduit Mounting on the Gantry Structure for NonMetallic Fiber Optic Cables Standard Trench Detail Joint Communication & Power Cables Standard Pre-Cast Handhole for Communication for Traffic Areas Standard Pre-Cast Handhole for Communication for Non-Traffic Areas (Latest Revision) Communication Facility Grounding PVC Conduit Installation Concrete Encased (Vital)
CHKD
0APPD
DESCRIPTION
TA-800078 TB-800069 TB-800077
NO.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY:
TB-800076 TES-T-111.02
MAL
DATE:
CHKD BY:
MAL
TB-800079
MAL
**** END OF SECTION 1 ****
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
JOB ORDER NO.
C640
RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PTS-12CC348
9 OF 17
CERT.
National Grid SA
SECTION 2- MATERIALS 2.01 OPTICAL FIBER CABLES A. UNDERGROUND NON-METALLIC FIBER OPTIC CABLE (UGNMFOC) 1.
CHKD
0APPD
DESCRIPTION
Non-Metallic Underground Optical Fiber Cable shall meet all the requirements and latest revision of COMPANY Material Standard Specifications 48-TMSS-02. CONTRACTOR shall submit his proposal along with Technical Specification and representative sample of the cable to the COMPANY (SEC) for review and approval prior to manufacturing the cable. All types of the Optical Fiber Cables shall be compatible with each other. CONTRACTOR and the cable manufacturer shall guarantee that the Fibers of each Cable Drum supplied to the COMPANY have matching parameters to enable good optical splices within COMPANY specified maximum allowable optical splice loss limit. Color-coding and grouping of the fiber optic cores and tubes/binders shall be as per COMPANY Material Standard Specification 48-TMSS-02 latest revision.
2.
NO.
3.
2
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY:
MAL
DATE:
4.
MAL
CHKD BY:
2.02 FIBER OPTICS JOINT BOXES ( if applicable )

A.
UNDERGROUND TYPE 4-WAY JOINT BOX (OPGW UGNFOC)
MAL
This type of Joint Box will be used, as necessary & as required by COMPANY in locations such as Gantry or Terminal Compound and Underground Handholes/Manholes (where CONTRACTOR will route underground cable) where cables Optical Fiber Ground Wire (OPGW) and Underground Fiber Optics cables (UGNFOC) will be joined. Notes applicable to all Joint Boxes Splicing, Tagging & Labeling All splice cassettes/trays shall be supplied and installed inside this type of joint box, as well as all other accessories for splicing the fiber optics cables. The take-off structure type, Underground type & Mid-Span type Joint Box shall have a grounding connection for tying the box to an external ground. During the installation of all Joint Boxes Tags/labels shall be provided for each joint box, which shall contain the following information.
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
SEC FIBER OPTIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM CONTRACT NO. CMH/CHH NO./STRUCTURE NO JOINT BOX NO. LINK DESTINATION CABLE TYPE/ NO. OF CORES CABLE MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION YEAR : : : : : : :
BY:
FSM
For outdoor type Joint Boxes, the tagging/labeling shall be provided and installed on a permanently affixed COMPANY approved stainless steel tag whose size, lettering, and location shall be easily readable from personnel on the ground, and shall use embossed letters to allow for ease of reading. For underground type joint boxes (as required by COMPANY), the tagging/labeling shall be
JOB ORDER NO.
C640
RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PTS-12CC348
10 OF 17
CERT.
National Grid SA
provided and installed on a permanently affixed COMPANY approved stainless steel tag, or plastic tag whose size, lettering, and location shall be easily readable from personnel on the ground, and shall use embossed letters to allow for ease of reading. For all joint box tags, a sample of each tag shall be submitted for COMPANY review and comment before manufacture of each tag.
DESCRIPTION
CHKD
0APPD
Other Notes applicable to all Joint Boxes As a part of submittals provided by the CONTRACTOR, type test data and materials brochures shall be supplied by clearly identifying the type of fiber optics joint boxes, which are to be supplied. This data shall include (but not be limited to the following): a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Crush Resistance, static load Impact Resistance, chemical resistance test Dimensions and mounting details of the Joint Box Inside dimensions, and details for mounting of all accessories Water tightness and temperature cycling test of the Joint Box Grounding Details of the Joint Box Accessories list, including details of splice cassettes, and trays, mounting hardware and accommodate looping of excess fiber optics cable
2 3 1
NO.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY:
MAL
DATE:
CHKD BY:
MAL
MAL
Each Fiber Optics Joint Box which is to be supplied shall be able to coil an additional 10 meters of fiber optic cores inside the joint box, other than the fiber optics cores which are to be contained inside the Splice Cassette tray. The box shall be designed with retainers to allow for coiling of these excess fiber optics cores. The Joint Box shall consist of the following components: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Gasket (Seal) Hinged or Bolted down Optical Fiber Splice kit Mounting Hardware Tray for Splice (Organizer) to hold a maximum six (6) splices per tray and 2 meters long of each fiber Accessories required to produce and protect permanent joint Fiber Protection Sleeves (minimum 48) Each joint box shall be capable of being hermetically re-sealed each time it is opened
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
The joint box shall provide environmental and mechanical protection to the fiber optic splices, and unused cable entry ports shall be sealed to allow for future use. The metallic parts shall be resistant against general causes (i.e. stress, corrosion, pitting, etc). Dissimilar metals when used to support the boxes shall not cause galvanic corrosion effects on the closure body. **** END OF SECTION 2 ****
JOB ORDER NO.
C640
RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PTS-12CC348
11 OF 17
CERT.
National Grid SA
SECTION 3- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 3.01 FIBER OPTIC CABLE INSTALLATIONS A. General Requirements for Both Types of Fiber Optic Cables:
CHKD
0APPD
DESCRIPTION
1.
CONTRACTOR shall provide the COMPANY complete description/specification/data and representative samples of all types of the cables for COMPANY review and approval prior to manufacturing the cables. The total length of the cables shall be determined by taking into consideration sag, number of joint boxes, extra length of cable coiled on the transmission line structure, communication room and at each joint box location inside the manholes/hand holes, etc. CONTRACTOR shall optimize the cable reel lengths in order to minimize the cable splices. CONTRACTOR and cable manufacturer shall ensure that fibers of all cable drums have matching parameters so that the optical splices are within allowable splice loss limit. The fibers of all optical fiber cables shall be compatible with each other.
2.
NO. 2 3 1
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY:
3. 4.
MAL
DATE:
CHKD BY:
MAL
5.
B. Underground Non Metallic Fiber Optic Cable (UGNMFOC):
MAL
OPERATING DEPT.
1. The UGNFOC shall be installed independently inside a rigid subducts in dedicated duct banks and corrugated, flexible and fire-rated subducts inside the communication room, handholes/manholes and routed up to the communication room in accordance with the COMPANY Construction Standard TCS-T-111.08. The UGNFOC shall be coiled (minimum of 25 meters) near the communication equipment inside the communication room in accordance with the COMPANY Communication Standard requirements and shall meet all the requirements of COMPANY Materials Specification 48-TMSS-02 and cable Manufacturer recommendations. 2. Sufficient extra length (at least 15 meters) of the UGNMFOC shall be securely and carefully coiled inside the start/end manholes & handholes for future splice requirements. All other locations of handholes shall be provided with an extra two coils of at least 5 meters of UGNMFOC.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
3. The cables shall be supplied with approved end seals (waterproof), which shall not be removed until immediately prior to Optic jointing. CONTRACTOR shall field verify on site to determine/measure the length of Fiber Optic Cables that are required in this project before any cutting or pulling of cables to be done. 4. All necessary and required telecommunication cable trays, cable ladders, raceways, pipes, conduits and all accessories shall be provided and installed by CONTACTOR to route the optical fiber cable and other communication cables from their designated ends up to the location of communication equipment.
5. Also, the part of the optical fiber cable inside the substation shall be installed far enough from power cables in order to avoid any risk of being damaged due to power faults and shall enter directly to telecommunication room without passing through substation basement.
JOB ORDER NO.
C640
RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PTS-12CC348
12 OF 17
CERT.
National Grid SA
3.02 INSTALLATION OF FIBER OPTIC JOINT BOXES ( if applicable ) A. Optical Fiber Cable Joint Boxes
CHKD
0APPD
DESCRIPTION
1.
OPGW-UGNMFOC (4 ways) At Substation Gantry structure, the joint boxes shall be installed in accordance with COMPANY Standard drawing TA-800078 at a height of 3 meters above ground level. A liquid tight PVC coated flexible metal conduit (25mm ) shall be installed between the joint box cable entry and the 50mm PVC coated steel conduit. The conduit shall be sealed at both ends.
NO.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY:
MAL
DATE:
2.
Use weather tight connectors connecting the flexible metal conduit with the optical fiber joint box and with the galvanized steel pipe (GSP). CONTRACTOR shall submit details including colored brochures of the recommended joint boxes for COMPANY approval. CONTRACTOR shall not procure any joint box until reviewed and approved by the COMPANY.
B. Fiber Optics Splicing Requirements

CHKD BY:
MAL
1.
All splices shall be done by qualified and experienced optical fiber cable splices. CONTRACTOR shall submit qualification documents of the proposed optical cable splicer for COMPANY review and approval. All splices shall be fusion type using splicing machine with built-in estimated splice loss measurement and video recording capabilities. Optical attenuation of fiber splices estimated by the Fusion Splice Machine shall not exceed 0.05 dB per splice. All optical fiber cable splice shall be measured from both ends using Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) and Optical Test Sets. Splice loss measurements carried-out on both directions and average the values shall not exceed the COMPANY splice loss limit of 0.05dB. All optical fiber splicing and testing activities shall be in accordance with COMPANY Standards TCS-T-111.06 and TCS-T-111.10. All equipment shall be calibrated. Calibration certificates must be submitted to the COMPANY for review and acceptance prior to splicing and testing activities. All splicing activities shall be done in the presence of the COMPANY representative. When witnessing of the splicing activities by the COMPANY representative is not possible, the COMPANY at its option may allow the CONTRACTOR to proceed with the splicing, provided that the whole activities are recorded on video tape and submitted to the COMPANY, along with the tabulated results, review and acceptance. CONTRACTOR shall provide the video machine and videotapes.
MAL
2. 3. 4.
OPERATING DEPT.
5.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
6.
**** END OF SECTION 3 ****
JOB ORDER NO.
C640
RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PTS-12CC348
13 OF 17
CERT.
National Grid SA
SECTION 4- TESTING AND COMMISSIONING 4.01 ADDITIONAL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR TESTING OF FIBER OPTIC CABLES A. Factory Test of Fiber Optic Cables:
DESCRIPTION
CHKD
0APPD
1.
The factory tests shall confirm the following: a) b) All materials satisfy the requirements of this specification and all further requirements to guarantee a complete working system. All materials meet the performance requirements under the local ambient conditions given in this specification.
NO.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY:
2. 3.
COMPANY or its designated representative may witness any or all factory tests performed. All fiber optic cables are required to be subjected to factory tests as per the following procedure: a) A minimum of one-month notice shall be given by the CONTRACTOR of his readiness to start the factory tests. The Factory and Inspection and Test of the OPGW and non-metallic fiber optic cables shall be conducted as per the following program: i) The test shall be based on the guidelines mentioned in COMPANY Material Standard Specification 48-TMSS-02 latest revision in accordance with the test procedures and test standards referred to in the standard. The Inspector of the Independent Inspection Agency (IIA) shall review test data of the source fibers (from the manufacturers). All test results of the finished cables shall be reviewed by the Inspector of the IIA to verify compliance with the requirements of this project. Additionally, specific tests shall be repeated in the presence of the IIA Inspector. The following routine tests for the completed fiber optics cable shall be witnessed by the COMPANY approved Independent (Third Party) Inspection Agency: 1) Optical Attenuation Test at 1310nm/1550nm/ (and 1383 nm for G.652.D and 1625nm for G.655) (by OTDR) - 100 percent of supplied cable for Non-Zero Dispersion Shifted (NZDSF) and Low Water Peak Dispersion Unshifted (DUSMF) (ITU-T G.655 and ITU-T-G.652.D) Fiber. Fiber Point Defects Test at 1310nm/1550nm/ (and 1383 nm for G.652.D and 1625nm for G.655) (by OTDR) - 100 percent of supplied cable for Non-Zero Dispersion Shifted (NZDSF) and Low Water Peak Dispersion Unshifted (DUSMF) (ITU-T G.655 and ITU-T-G.652.D) Fiber. Chromatic Dispersion Test (CD) 100 percent of supplied cable for NonZero Dispersion shifted (ITU-T G.655) Fiber and 20 percent of supplied Low Water Peak Dispersion Unshifted (ITU-T-652.D) Fiber randomly chosen by Third Party Inspector. Polarization Modal Dispersion Test (PMD) 100 percent of supplied cable for Non-Zero Dispersion Shifted (ITU-T G.655) Fiber and 20 percent of
MAL
DATE:
CHKD BY:
MAL
b)
MAL
OPERATING DEPT.
ii)
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
2)
3)
4)
JOB ORDER NO.
C640
RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PTS-12CC348
14 OF 17
CERT.
National Grid SA
supplied Low Water Peak Dispersion Unshifted (ITU-T-652.D) Fiber randomly chosen by Third Party Inspector. 5) The following information shall be included on each Test Results/Data sheet pertaining to the test witnessed by of data sheets reviewed by the Independent (Third Party) Inspection Agency Inspector: a) b) c) d) e) Name and signature of the manufacturers QA/QC person. Name and Official Stamp of the Independent (Third Party) Inspection Agency Inspector. Name and signature of the Inspector along with the following information. Date of witnessing/reviewing of the routine Tests/tests Data Sheets. For tests witnessed by the Independent (Third Party) Inspector, the words Witnessed by (Name of Inspector) for each test witnessed. For Tests Results/Data reviewed by the Independent (Third Party) Inspector, the words Reviewed by (Name of Inspector) for each tests result reviewed.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHKD
0APPD
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY:
MAL
DATE:
6)
CHKD BY:
MAL
Upon successful completion of all tests, the original and three (3) copies of the formal Inspection report/certificate containing the following documents as attachments, (with the attachments indicated as Annexure to Inspection certificate/report No.) shall be sent directly to the COMPANY for review: a) Fiber and Cable Manufacturers Test Data Sheets reviewed by the IIA Inspector. Results of Attenuation tests witnessed by the IIA Inspector. Results of the fiber chromatic Dispersion test witnessed by the IIA Inspector. OTDR traces of attenuation and fiber Point defect witnessed by the IIA Inspector.
MAL
b) c) d)
OPERATING DEPT.
7)
References should be made in the Inspection Certificate/report of the tests witnessed and Test Data Sheets reviewed as part of the inspection activities. All documents attached with the report shall bear the IIA Inspection certificate/Report No. with which these are attached. A copy of the report and all attachments shall be sent to the CONTRACTOR, which shall be retained by the CONTRACTOR throughout the warranty period.
8)
CERTIFIED
9)
BY:
FSM
10) The manufacturer shall export pack all the cables for shipment after the Test Report is reviewed and accepted by the COMPANY.
B. Field Test of Fiber Optic Cables:
CONTRACTOR shall perform the optical fiber tests using 1310/1550/(and 1383 nm for G.652.D and 1625nm for G.655) Optical Fiber Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) Optical Light sources and optical power meters as necessary, to measure and document the optical fiber attenuations at 1310/1550/ (and 1383 nm for G.652.D and 1625nm for G.655) wavelengths. Each Optical Fiber connection loss (e.g., pigtail to jumper cable) shall be less than 1.0dB per connection.
JOB ORDER NO.
C640
RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PTS-12CC348
15 OF 17
CERT.
National Grid SA
1. Pre-Installation (Drum) Test CONTRACTOR shall test the Communications Cables on the drums/Reels prior to installation to confirm that the cable was not damaged during shipment. Attenuation and Fiber Points Defects tests shall be performed at this stage by OTDR. 2. Post Installation Test With each cable length in its final installed condition with all clamps and other accessories attached, CONTRACTOR shall test the Communications Cable for Attenuation and Fiber Points Defects tests at this stage by OTDR. 3. Witnessing Fiber Optics Splicing COMPANY Representative shall witness all Fiber Optic splicing activity performed by the CONTRACTOR. In cases where COMPANY Representative cannot directly witness the Fiber Optic cable splicing activity, COMPANY at its option will require CONTRACTOR to provide a Videotaped record (from the Video output of the CONTRACTOR splicing machine recorded on VHS Videotape) for later review and decision by the COMPANY communication personnel for each videotaped splicing record. CONTRACTOR shall provide a viewing guide, which contains an accurate representation at splices contained on the Videotape. 4. End-to-End Test After completion of all Communications Cable splicing and mounting of all joint housings and termination in their final positions, End-to-End (continuity) Test shall be done by CONTRACTOR. Attenuation and fiber points defects tests shall be performed at this stage by OTDR (form both ends of the cable) as well as End-to-End loss characteristics verified by Optical Light Source and Power Meter at 1310/1550/(and 1383 nm for G.652.D and 1625nm for G.655) wavelengths. Polarization Modal Dispersion (PMD) Test and Chromatic Dispersion (CD) Test of the completed/installed fiber optic cables (both Non-Zero Dispersion Shifted (ITU-T G.655) and Low Water Peak Dispersion Unshifted Single Mode Fiber (ITU-T-652.D)) shall be performed by the Contractor. 5. The commissioning and site testing shall be done in strict compliance with the COMPANY WORK schedules as much as possible. If any of the three (3) stages the test results for any fiber that do not comply with the COMPANY requirements or the approved factory field test results, then the CONTRACTOR shall replace the relevant drum section of the cable at no additional cost to the COMPANY and without impact on the overall project schedule.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHKD
0APPD
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY:
MAL
DATE:
CHKD BY:
MAL
MAL
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
C. Preparation for Acceptance Test and Inspection

BY:
FSM
CONTRACTOR shall complete all mechanical WORKS, pre-electrical/communication test and pre-final documentation consisting of marked-up construction drawings, pre-commissioning test results, and system and equipment manuals before inviting COMPANY representatives for commissioning tests and inspection.
D. Scheduling Commissioning Tests and Inspection
1.
All testing and commissioning activities shall be coordinated with and witnessed by the COMPANY representative. CONTRACTOR's invitation to the COMPANY to witness commissioning tests and inspection shall be made fourteen (14) days in advance accompanied by: a. Marked-up Construction Drawings
2.
JOB ORDER NO.
C640
RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PTS-12CC348
16 OF 17
CERT.
National Grid SA
b. c. Pre-Commissioning Test Results System/equipment Manuals
CHKD
0APPD
E. Test and Inspection Checklist
DESCRIPTION
CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the COMPANY a communication checklist of acceptance tests and inspection covering documentation, mechanical, and inventory and tests requirements for PROJECT acceptance. (For Fiber Optic Cable, the COMPANY's "Fiber Optic Cable Acceptance Test and Inspection Checklist, FOC-TIC-001" form shall be used).
F. Calibration of Test Equipment
NO.
All test equipment to be used in the acceptance tests shall be calibrated to standards traceable to the National Bureau of Standards. Calibration certificates shall be submitted to the COMPANY for review and acceptance.
G. Correction of Discrepancies
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY:
MAL
DATE:
A re-inspection and re-test to be witnessed by the COMPANY representative is required to clear the CONTRACTOR of any discrepancy found during the commissioning test and inspection. A re-test and re-inspection of related parameters shall also be conducted to ensure that these are not affected by aforementioned discrepancy.
H. Order of Acceptance Test and Inspection Related Activities
CHKD BY:
MAL
Various stages of acceptance test and inspection shall be performed according to the following order: 1. Scheduling of test and inspection by the CONTRACTOR, the date to be agreed upon by both COMPANY and CONTRACTOR and submission by the CONTRACTOR and approval by the COMPANY of documents mentioned above. Validation of marked-up construction drawing (done throughout the test and inspection process). Inventory and mechanical inspection of installed equipment. Verification of validity of test equipment to be used in the test. Performance and/or functional tests after stage 4 is complied with and any service affecting discrepancy found in stage 3 above is corrected. Unavailability of documents essential in the safe energization, operation and trouble shooting of the installation is considered service-affecting discrepancy. Signing of Technical Completion of the Project after all stated stages are complied with and accepted. Trial period of one (1) month after clearing all outstanding discrepancies and acceptance of the final test results. Signing of Preliminary Acceptance of the Project after successful completion of the trial period.
*** END OF SECTION 4 ***
MAL
2. 3.
OPERATING DEPT.
4. 5.
CERTIFIED
6. 7. 8.
BY:
FSM
JOB ORDER NO.
C640
RIYADH SAUDI ARABIA
PTS-12CC348
17 OF 17
LEGEND
U/G Fiber Optic Cable (Proposed)
OFMR/FSTP
OFMR/FSTP ( Proposed)
OFMR : Optical Fiber Management Rack FSTP : Fiber Splice Termination Panel
Qassim Power Plant
S/S 9032
Approx. Route Length = 1 KM
NOTE: THIS DIAGRAM IS TENTATIVE, THE FINAL DIAGRAM SHALL BE GENERATED DURING DETAILED DESIGN
OFMR/FSTP
OFMR/FSTP
National Grid
FIBER OPTIC SYS. LAYOUT

FOR S/S 9030 Hail PP
CS 0966/R 0 CS-0966/Rev.0
Drawn: ML
Date: Oct. 2012 Sheet # 1 of 1 Rev. 0
Fiber Optic System Overview (Required)
Check.: Approve.: FSK
Diagram # SC/P/A4/OLS/ 9032 Qassim PP
OFMR/FDM LAYOUT
Cable trunking for Pigtails/fiber jumpers, 48x13 pigtails/fiber jumpers Vertical cable-guide (runway) for Patch Cords, 48x13 patch cords Management Spools (48x13 patch cords)
11 9 7 5 3 1 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Horizontal through (48x13 patch cords)
Sub-trunking for fiber jumpers coming from equip. (3-pipes)
Cable glands 30
APPENDIX - VII PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (BY OTHER CONTRACTOR)
APPENDIX- VIII CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK
APP
CERT.
REVISIONS
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK,MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
PREPARED BY DATE:
KZ
CHKD BY:
THM
APPROVED
BA
CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. SAFAR
FINAL
PTS-12CC348
DATE
(ATTACHMENT TO SCHEDULE "B OF CONTRACT NO. #####/00)
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PTS NO APPENDIX VIII
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
1 OF 21
APP
CERT.
CHK
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION Page CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS 1.01 1.02 1.03 II
2 3 1
DESCRIPTION
GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK STANDARDS, CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS
3 3 5
NO.
DESIGN CRITERIA 2.01 2.02 GENERAL CONDITIONS PROJECT DESIGN DOCUMENTS, CALCULATIONS AND DRAWINGS 6 6
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY DATE:
KZ
CHKD BY:
THM
III
MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS 3.01 3.02 3.03 3.04 3.05 3.06 3.07 3.08 3.09 3.10 3.11 GENERAL CONCRETE CONCRET ENCASED DUCT BANKS AND HAND HOLES ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT REINFORCING STEEL WATER PROOFING MEMBRANE BACK FILL MATERIALS LINK BOX PITS/BARRICADES LINK BOX PITS LINK BOX FOUNDATIONS DUCT SEALING UNITS 7 7 10 11 13 13 15 16 16 16 16
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
IV
INSTALLATIN REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES 4.01 4.02 4.03 4.04 4.05 4.06 4.07 GENERAL CABLE TUNNEL REQUIREMENTS CABLE DUCTBANKS THRUST BORING REINSTATEMENT OF PAVEMENT SUB-BASE AND BASE COURSE ASPHALT REINSTATEMENT OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 17 17 18 19 19 19 21
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
Attachment: 1. Drawing Number TA-800062 - Typical Ductbank Sections Concrete Ductbank110kV to 380Kv 2. Drawing Number TA-800063 - Highway Under Crossing for 110kV to 380kV U/G Power Cables by Thrust Boring
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
2 OF 21
APP
CERT.
CHK
SECTION I CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORK

1.01 GENERAL This PROJECT will provide 380kV Cable line from GT at Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380 kV Substation, along with Fiber Optic Cables with necessary Cable tunnels, duct banks, hand holes as applicable for Control Cables, Fiber Optic Cables as well as for Non-metallic Fiber Optic Cable Works. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK This PROJECT shall be carried out on Lump Sum Turnkey basis. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the design, manufacture/procure, supply and deliver all equipment and materials, construction, commissioning, SITE testing and provide other related services for the completion of this PROJECT in accordance with the requirements of this Scope of WORK and Technical Specifications. On Lump Sum Turnkey basis the CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct the following items: 1.
APPROVED
NO.
DESCRIPTION
2 KZ
THM
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY DATE:
CHKD BY:
Soil investigation and analysis shall be performed (If required) as per requirements mentioned in Appendix XVI. Contractor should obtain a clarification in this regard during pre-bid stage. Route survey of the proposed 380kV Cable Line indicating all the details of the PROJECT and all the existing systems/facilities that shall be affected along the route. Complete survey and investigation for the whole route of the proposed Cable Line (380kV Cable line from GT at Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380 kV Substation). All existing utilities found including SEC-COA 380kV, 132kV or 13.8kV Cables shall be surveyed with complete details and reflected in the Design/Construction drawings. Construction of cable tunnels from GT at Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380 kV Substation as shown in conceptual drawing # CT906045 and requirements mentioned hereunder: A. Contractor shall design and construct cable tunnels as shown in the drawing. B. CONTRACTOR shall determine the exact layout of the cable tunnels and shall size them adequately, taking into consideration the following aspects: cable ampacity, space for maintenance and operations, all future piping to be installed and all the cables installation in this PROJECT. C. Cable tunnels adjacent to the buildings shall meet all the requirements of TES-P-119.19. Emergency exits shall be per TES-P-119.19. Cable tunnel waterproofing shall be per TES-P-119.19. A minimum of two (2) emergency exits from the cable tunnels shall be provided. Fire rated doors and reinforced concrete staircases with pipe railings shall be provided at the emergency exits to allow exit from the cable tunnel or entrance to cable tunnel from the substation yard.
2.
BA
3.
CERTIFIED
4.
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
3 OF 21
APP
CERT.
The floor slab of the cable tunnel shall be sloped towards the drainage sump pit at 0.5% slope with the use of cement screed. A minimum of two (2) sump pits shall be provided. The size of the sump pits shall be 600x600x400mm. D. Cable tunnels shall be properly ventilated. 5. Contractor shall provided duct banks and handholes/trenches for laying all Fiber Optic Cables/Multicore Cables/LV Cables as required for Protection, Communication, SCADA, SOE, DSM, SAS etc., in between GT (Generation Transformers), Transmission room in Power Plant and Substation 9032 Control Room, as per respective appendices. Design and construction of reinforced concrete underground pits with suitable manholes and foundations for link boxes. Material testing and documentation of the results. Reinstatement of affected existing facilities such as asphalt, curbs, medians, plants, landscape, etc., shall be reinstated to the satisfaction of COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE and agencies/authorities involved. Excavation and, if necessary, dewatering, shuttering of the cable tunnels as well as the preparation of the cable ducts and supporting structures for the installation of the cables. Provide access by providing suitable bridges for pedestrians and vehicular traffic during excavation in built-up areas. The COMPANY shall not be responsible for any result of accidents due to construction of this access. All traffic diversions shall be made and maintained for the safe completion of the PROJECT, including all necessary barricades, warning lights and traffic signs as governed by the Traffic Police, when road cutting is warranted. Procurement, inspection and testing of equipment/materials. Transportation and delivery of equipment/materials to and within Saudi Arabia and WORK SITES. Preparation of WORK SITES, construction and installation of equipment, materials and allied facilities. Provide construction camp facilities for the workforce, with storage yard or warehouse for construction materials and equipment. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all equipment and materials under his custody. Inspection, checking out (including phasing out), commissioning and SITE testing of all constructed and installed equipment, and their allied facilities. The whole width of the roads of the specified cable route shall be thoroughly investigated and surveyed. All utilities found shall be reflected in the design drawings.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK
REVISIONS
6. 7. 8.
PREPARED BY DATE:
KZ
CHKD BY:
THM
APPROVED
9.
BA
10.
11.
CERTIFIED
12.
BY
: M. SAFAR
13.
DATE
14. 15.
16. 17.
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
4 OF 21
APP
CERT.
CHK
18.
All dismantled materials/equipment, if any, shall be turned over to the COMPANY designated warehouse.
DESCRIPTION
Note: The Bidder/CONTRACTOR shall visit/survey the Cable routes and make himself aware of the details of the PROJECT and all the existing systems/facilities along the routes. 1.03 STANDARD, CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS All WORK equipment and materials covered by this document shall conform to the latest edition of the COMPANY'S Material Standard Specifications supplemented with latest applicable Standards, Codes and Specifications. The latest edition of each Standard and Specifications shall mean the latest edition specified hereunder. The CONTRACTOR may propose "equivalent" Standards and Specifications if such Standards and Specifications are in fact equal or better than those specified herein, and shall be subject to prior approval of the COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR shall strictly comply with the following Standards, Codes and Specifications, and no deviation shall be accepted unless otherwise supported by a written waiver from the COMPANY. Refer to Clause 3.06 of the main PTS for all applicable Standards, Codes and Specifications.
BA
NO.
2 KZ
THM
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY DATE:
CHKD BY:
APPROVED
*** END OF SECTION I ***

CERTIFIED
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
5 OF 21
APP
CERT.
CHK
SECTION II DESIGN CRITERIA

2.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS Design the cable tunnels/ductbanks in accordance with ACI 318M-08 using AASHTO HS 20 truck load. 2.02 PROJECT DESIGN DOCUMENTS, CALCULATIONS AND DRAWINGS The CONTRACTOR shall submit all design documents, calculations, studies and drawings at various stages of the PROJECT as per Table 3.01 of the main PTS for all civil related items.
2 KZ
THM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY DATE:
CHKD BY:
**** END OF SECTION II ****
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
6 OF 21
APP
CERT.
CHK
SECTION III MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS

3.01 GENERAL This section provides the technical specifications of the following major equipments and materials: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
2 3 1
DESCRIPTION
Concrete Asphalt Concrete Pavement Reinforcing Steel Backfill Materials Link box pits/barricades Link box foundations
NO.
REVISIONS
The technical specifications of materials are provided hereunder. 3.02 CONCRETE A. All concrete shall conform to COMPANY Materials Standard Specification 70-TMSS-03, Rev.0. Concrete exposure shall be based on the results of the soil investigation analysis. A minimum 100mm thick lean concrete shall be provided under the bottom part of every reinforced concrete member in contact with the soil. Provide two (2) layers of 150 microns polyethylene film as protection to bottom surfaces of concrete. Polyethylene membranes shall be laid, lapped and sealed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as approved by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. The polyethylene film shall be at the interface of the foundation concrete and lean concrete. All concrete directly in contact with the ground shall be applied with the following protective coating: 1. Surfaces below Grade a) Below grade surfaces of concrete shall be coated with two (2) coats of coal tar epoxy after thirty-five (35) days of concrete placement. The second coat shall be applied not less than one (1) day after the first coat application. The total dry film thickness shall not be less than 0.60mm (minimum). The concrete shall be clean and dry at the time of coating application. Other requirements of surface preparation, as recommended by the manufacturer, shall be followed.
PREPARED BY DATE:
KZ
CHKD BY:
THM
APPROVED
B. C.
BA
D.
CERTIFIED
E.
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
b)
2.
Surfaces above Grade a) After a minimum of thirty-five (35) days of concrete placement, all exposed foundation concrete surfaces (above grade) shall be coated with an elastomeric waterproofing material (the material shall be elastomeric polyurethane, aluminum color). 300mm of the concrete
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
7 OF 21
APP
CERT.
surface below grade shall also be coated with the same material after curing of the coal tar epoxy coating. The minimum dry film thickness of elastomeric coating shall be 1 mm. b) Concrete shall be clean and dry at the time of coating application. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be strictly followed regarding the surface preparation and coating application.
CHK
DESCRIPTION
c) F.
Concrete Formwork Formwork shall be designed and constructed in accordance with ACI-347. All forms shall be substantially and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar, and properly braced or tied together to maintain position and shape that produces result in a final structure conforming to size, shape and dimensions of the member as required or shown on the drawings. Form surfaces shall be clean, smooth and sufficiently hard to produce smooth, hard and uniform texture on the concrete.
NO.
2 KZ
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY DATE:
G. Ties and Anchors

THM
CHKD BY:
APPROVED
All ties, braces, anchors and other miscellaneous metal or plastic accessories shall be securely and properly placed and tied, so that they will not be dislodged during the pouring operation and will be embedded at the depths and positions specified. Gage of the wire shall be a minimum of no. 16 USG. H. Concrete Tests Tests on concrete, aggregates and mixing water shall be as per 70-TMSS-03, Rev.0. All test results shall be submitted to the COMPANY for review and approval as the tests are completed. The results of these tests shall be systematically filed with descriptions of where the batch was used. Copies of all test results shall be handed over to the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE for review and comments. All test reports and records should be systematically organized, clearly marked, boxed, and when the construction WORK is completed, they should be turned over to the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE for incorporation into the COMPANY'S permanent records. In the event that concrete fails to meet strength requirements, in-place testing for concrete strength shall be conducted by the CONTRACTOR while under supervision of the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE at no additional cost to the COMPANY. In-place testing will be conducted by one (1) or a combination of the following methods: 1. 2. 3. ASTM C42, "Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Means of Concrete" ASTM C803, "Test Penetrating Resistance on Hardened Concrete" ASTM C805, "Rebound Number of Hardened Concrete"
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
8 OF 21
APP
CERT.
CHK
Concrete in the area represented by in-place test shall be considered structurally adequate provided such results conform to the provisions of ACI 318M-08. The COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE reserves the right to require additional cylinders be taken whenever there is just cause, such as a change in batching procedures, a change in concrete materials, breaking of batching, delay in transport or placement, code violation and the like at no additional cost to the COMPANY. Concrete subject to severe exposure condition shall be tested for chloride permeability test. I. Curinq All concrete shall be cured with concrete mix quality water (potable) in accordance with recommendations of ACI 305 and ACI 308 and as specified below: 1. Pond Curing: Ponding shall comprise of at least 40mm deep potable water covering the entire surface of the concrete. The water shall be replenished when less than 50mm deep to assure that 40mm minimum depth required is retained. Wet Burlap Curing: Wet burlap curing shall comprise at least two (2) layers of constantly damped burlap laid tight against the pre-soaked concrete surface. The burlap shall be kept uniformly damp so that lighter patches or drier burlap are not evident by a clock valve controlled soil soaker hose supplied with water at adequate pressure. Membrane Curing: Membrane curing shall not be applied to concrete mixes containing pozzolan. Whenever used, membrane curing shall be preceded by saturation of concrete with sprayed water. This water shall be sealed against the concrete by application of a white (reflective) curing membrane in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. All concrete shall be cured for at least seven (7) days except as specified below: Unreinforced Massive Concrete Concrete Blended with Pozzolan 5. : : 14 days 21 days
NO.
DESCRIPTION
2 KZ
THM
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY DATE:
CHKD BY:
APPROVED
2.
BA
3.
CERTIFIED
4.
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
Water for curing shall meet the following requirements: Total Dissolved Solids CI + SO4 Chlorides and Sulfates pH Value : : : 500 PPM (maximum) 300 PPM (Maximum) 7.0 (minimum); 8.5 (maximum)
J.
Minimum concrete cover over all reinforcements at and below ground level shall be 85 mm. All other concrete cover requirements shall be as per ACI 318M-08, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete and Commentary." The CONTRACTOR shall not place any concrete until the excavations and/or forms and embedded items are inspected by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
K.
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
9 OF 21
APP
CERT.
This inspection will not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility of keeping the holes in acceptable condition until placement of concrete is completed nor for the accurate placement of embedded items. The placing of concrete shall be accomplished in such a manner as to prevent segregation of the aggregates. 3.03 CONCRETE ENCASED DUCTBANKS AND HANDHOLES A. CONTRACTOR shall construct concrete encased ductbanks in accordance with COMPANY Standard Drawing TA-800062. Spare circuit conduits shall always be provided as required. All cable duct installations shall follow the requirements of the COMPANY Construction Standard TCS-P-104.03. Construction of concrete encased conduits for communication shall be in accordance with Detail 1 of the COMPANY Standard Drawing TB-800079. The CONTRACTOR shall provide/construct ductbanks system with PVC pipes, flexible sub ducts, and handholes to route the underground optical fiber cable up to the interface points. The CONTRACTOR shall design and install all necessary ductbanks for Non-Metallic Underground Fiber Optic Cables for the entire cable route. The exact routing of the ductbank shall be proposed by the CONTRACTOR and approved by the COMPANY during the base design phase of the project. Communication ductbanks shall consist of a minimum of 2 x 100 mm dia. PVC conduits. All COMPANY Construction Standards with respect to Civil Works shall be followed. One of the communication conduits shall be provided with four (4) 32 mm dia. rigid PVC sub ducts. The other conduit shall remain vacant. All unused conduits and sub ducts shall be provided with different colored pull ropes and end plugs. All structural design calculations shall be submitted together with all drawings to the COMPANY for review and comments. Excavation and Backfilling shall conform to the COMPANY Construction Specification for Eearthworks, TCS-Q-113.02. No backfilling shall be performed before the structure has been inspected and approved by the COMPANY representative.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK
REVISIONS
B.
PREPARED BY DATE:
KZ
CHKD BY:
THM
C.
APPROVED
D.
BA
E.
CERTIFIED
F.
: M. SAFAR
BY
DATE
G. All forms shall be unyielding and tight jointed to produce hardened concrete of high quality. Formwork shall conform to ACI-374. H. I. J. All conduits installed shall be tested by mandrel of appropriate size, in the presence of COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE and the ends sealed. For Communication ductbank configuration, requirements and details refer to COMPANY Drawing Nos. TB-800079, SB-036367 and TB-800090. The CONTRACTOR shall design the manhole/handhole of sufficient strength for the duty they will be subjected to (i.e. equipment, vehicle, and water and earth pressure). Manholes/handholes shall continuously be free of water and provided with pulling eyes, sump, ladder rungs and all other necessary items. Other Waterproofing requirements of the handholes shall be in accordance with Company Standard Drawing No. TA-800098.
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
10 OF 21
APP
CERT.
CHK
K.
Communication handholes shall be provided at every change of direction along the proposed route, crossing, start and end of ductbanks and at every 300 meters of continuous run. For the design of the Fiber Optic Communication cable handhole details, refer to COMPANY Drawing TB-800076, for non-traffic areas and Drawing No. TB-800077, for traffic areas.
L.
DESCRIPTION
M. Each fiber optic cable handhole shall be marked with a stainless steel marker plate, with the following information: SEC-COA FIBER OPTIC TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM
NO.
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY DATE:
KZ
CHKD BY:
THM
CONTRACT NO. : HANDHOLE NO. : JOINT BOX NO. : LINK DESTINATION : CABLE TYPE/No of cores: CABLE Manufacturer : INSTALLATION YEAR :
__________________________ __________________________ __________________________ __________________________ __________________________ __________________________ __________________________
APPROVED
Marker plate details shall be as per COMPANY standard Drawing No. TB-800076. The size/dimensions of the marker plates to be installed on the handhole collars shall be 75mm (W) x 150 mm (L).
BA
N.
Handholes shall be provided with necessary clamps and fixing hardware to enable coiling the extra length of fiber optic cable for future use. Refer to COMPANY Standard Drawing No. TA-800098.
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
O. The sides and base slab of each handhole shall be provided with two (2) layers of waterproofing membrane (each minimum of 4mm thick). The membrane applied to vertical surface shall be protected with a 15 mm thick protection board and horizontal surface with 50 mm thick concrete screed & two (2) layers of 150 micron polyethylene sheet. Interior surfaces of the handholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of elastomeric cementitious impermeable membrane with the approval of COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. 3.04 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. Tack Coat The tack coat shall be of rapid curing type cutback asphalt consisting of asphaltic base fluxed with suitable petroleum distillates. The product shall be free from water, show no separation prior to use, shall not foam when heated to application temperature and shall conform to the requirements of Grade RC-800 of ASTM D2028. B. Bituminous Pavinq Mixture 1. Asphalt shall be petroleum asphalt cement, penetration grade 60-70, conforming to the requirements of ASTM D946.
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
11 OF 21
APP
CERT.
CHK
2.
Mineral aggregates shall consist of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, and filler material all complying with the following requirements: a. When tested according to ASTM C117 and ASTM C136, the combined mineral aggregates shall conform to the gradation of COMPANY Construction Standards TCS-Q-113.01. The grading limits specified on Table 7 are based on materials of uniform specific gravity and shall be adjusted by asphalt concrete manufacturer to compensate for any variations in specific gravity of the individual sizes. The grading may be varied on the basis of marshal tests to obtain optimum stability and life of the bituminous paving mixture. b. The combined mineral aggregates for asphalt concrete binder course and asphalt concrete wearing course shall consist of crushed rock or crushed gravel. It shall be clean, hard, tough, durable and sound and shall be of uniform quality, free fromo98 soft and friable materials and shall conform to the following physical requirements: Sand Equivalent (ASTM D2419) Plasticity Index (ASTM D4318) Binder Course Wearing Course Loss by Abrasion % (ASTM C131) Binder Course Wearing Course : 45 minimum
NO.
DESCRIPTION
2 KZ
THM
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY DATE:
CHKD BY:
APPROVED
BA
: :
6 maximum 3 maximum
CERTIFIED
: :
50% maximum 40% maximum
BY
: M. SAFAR
Loss by Sodium Sulfate Soundness Test (ASTM C88) Course Aggregate : Fine Aggregate : Loss by Magnesium Sulfate Soundness (ASTM C88) Course Aggregate : Fine Aggregate : Thin and Elongated pieces, by weight (larger than 25 mm, thickness less than 1/5 length) per CRD-C119 : C. Asphalt Concrete Mix Design 1.
DATE
5% maximum
The asphalt concrete mix design shall be submitted for review and approval by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE at least thirty (30) days prior to start
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
12 OF 21
APP
CERT.
CHK
production of plant mix. The design shall be according to COMPANY Standard TCS-Q-113.01. 3.05 REINFORCING STEEL
DESCRIPTION
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all reinforcing steel required for civil WORK. Reinforcing steel shall be deformed steel bars conforming to SASO SSA- 2/79 with minimum yield stress of 420 MPa. Deformations shall conform to ASTM A615M. 3.06 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE A. General
NO.
REVISIONS
1. 2. 3.
Waterproofing membrane shall be a purpose design and have proven application in the Kingdom considering thermal expansion and contraction. CONTRACTOR shall submit samples and brochures of the product for COMPANY review and acceptance. Waterproofing membrane shall be installed by the membrane manufacturer, or on his behalf, by a professional waterproofing CONTRACTOR approved by the manufacturer, acceptable to the COMPANY. CONTRACTOR shall submit the installation procedure for COMPANY review and approval. The waterproofing material and the installation of the membrane shall be guaranteed for a minimum period of ten (10) years.
PREPARED BY DATE:
KZ
CHKD BY:
THM
APPROVED
4.
BA
5.
B. Modified Bituminous Waterproofing Membrane

CERTIFIED
1.
This type of membrane shall be used especially for underground structures such as cable tunnels/cable entry rooms, electrical manholes, communication handholes, and septic tanks as well as for roofs. Membrane shall be bitumen modified with Attactic Polypropylene (APP). The membrane shall be reinforced with isotropic spun bounded, non-woven polyester mat 4mm thick. Membrane shall have the following specifications: Properties Typical Values Minimum 4mm 200 gm/m ASTM D5147 950 800 45 50 Standards
BY
: M. SAFAR
2.
DATE
Thickness Reinforcement: Non-woven polyester Ultimate Tensile Strength, N/5cm @ 25C Longitudinal Transverse Ultimate elongation, % @ 25C Longitudinal Transverse
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
13 OF 21
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY Tear Resistance, N Longitudinal Transverse Softening Point, C 600 400 155 -6 to -10

ASTM D5147
CHK
APP
CERT.
ASTM D36 ASTM D5147 ASTM D5147
DESCRIPTION
Low temperature flexibility, C Water Absorption, % Wt @ 23C 24 hours Resistance to aging Weather-O-meter 2000 hours Puncture Resistance, N &
Less than 1
UV No change greater ASTM G53 than 20% of the original values 1155 ASTM E154 ASTM E96 UAEtc ASTM D5 ASTM D5147 + 0.5 - 0.5 42,750 40,000
NO.
REVISIONS
Water Vapor Transmission, g/m/24 hours, Less than 0.5 RH 90% at 38C Resistance to Leakage at Joints Penetration, @ 25C, dmm Dimensional Stability % Pass 20
PREPARED BY DATE:
KZ
CHKD BY:
THM
APPROVED
Longitudinal Transverse Load Strain product @ 25C Longitudinal Transverse
BA
Lap joint strength, N/5cm (Longitudinal and Same as Transverse) membrane

CERTIFIED
Installation Procedure: A layer of bituminous primer is cold applied on the cleaned screed using a plaster roller with organic, solvent resistant wool. The rolls of membranes are laid one by one on the dried primer and properly aligned to cover the entire surface. Each membrane is re-rolled and unrolled systematically for torching by means of a propane gas torch. Overlapping seams of adjacent rolls of membranes shall be torched and pressed tightly. Control joints shall be provided at locations determined based on the geometry configuration and drainage characteristics of the roof. The waterproofing membrane shall pass over the parapet and be fixed under the aluminum flashing. Between the levels, the protection of waterproofing vertical edges is provided by a metal section (aluminum flashing) used as water drip. The metal section is nailed to the vertical wall and its upper part is sealed using suitable elastic sealer. The waterproofing membrane shall be raised on the walls to the same level of the surrounding parapet.
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
14 OF 21
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY C. Bituminous Roofing Primer
CHK
APP
CERT.
Roofing primer shall be formulated from highly pliable, flexible bitumen, select petroleum solvents and compounded with wetting and saturation additives. It shall comply with ASTM D41 with the following specifications: Properties Density at 25C, kg/liter Viscosity at 25C, cps Drying time to touch at 25C Drying time, through at 25C
2 3 1
DESCRIPTION
Typical Values 0.86 to 0.89 70 - 150 3 hours 24 hours 45 (minimum) 55 (maximum) Zero 2 years
Standards ASTM D70 ASTM D88
NO.
REVISIONS
Non-volatile, % weight Volatile, % weight Water content Shelf life
ASTM D402 ASTM D402 ASTM D55
PREPARED BY DATE:
KZ
CHKD BY:
THM
APPROVED
Penetration at 25C of asphalt from 20 - 50 distillation up to 360C, dmm It shall have the following outstanding features:
ASTM D55
BA
1. 2.
Optimum penetration of primer into the surface pores, pinholes and cracks. The primer shall allow for better saturation, dust absorption and adhesion. Primer shall prepare the surface for a permanent and durable bond between the substrate and the membrane.
D.
CERTIFIED
Water flood tests For cable tunnels, manholes, handholes, trenches, all de-watering operations shall be stopped completely after the installation of waterproofing membrane. If any leakage is found inside the cable tunnel or under the roof slab, the CONTRACTOR shall take all the remedial measures acceptable to the COMPANY.
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
3.07 BACKFILL MATERIALS A. All earthwork and asphalt materials and all other necessary materials within the COMPANY facilities shall conform to the requirements specified in the COMPANY Construction Specifications for Earthwork TCS-Q-113.02 and Specification for Asphalt Concrete Paving TCS-Q-113.01. All backfill materials shall be furnished from a source accepted by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. Acceptance of a backfill source shall not mean automatic acceptance of all material obtained from the source, and the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE may withdraw approval of the source at any time that materials produced by the source are not suitable for backfill. If suitable, excavated material can also be used for backfill subject to the approval of the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
B.
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
15 OF 21
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY 3.08 LINK BOX PITS/BARRICADES
CHK
APP
CERT.
Protective crash barriers shall be installed per Drawing No. TA-800133. A heavy duty galvanized chain link shall be provided between the barriers, provision shall be made at the barrier to secure the chain link properly.
DESCRIPTION
3.09 LINK BOX PITS The pits shall have 150mm thick reinforced concrete walls. Contractor to determine the size of the pits to enable at least two persons to enter and do maintenance work inside. The walls of pits shall project 100mm clear of the surrounding ground level. The pit lid and frame shall be made of cast iron and shall have watertight "machine-fit" interface surfaces and the lid shall have the word ELECTRICITY embossed on it. The pits and covers shall be capable of bearing a loading of 10 tons. A set of lifting keys shall be supplied with each link box pit cover. The pits shall be sealed to prevent ingress of water. The Contractor's proposal to prevent ingress of water shall be clearly indicated in the designs submitted. Any sealing method proposed should take account of the Company's requirement to open the pit for maintenance testing purposes and also the life of the seal proposed. 3.10 LINK BOX FOUNDATIONS
BA
2 KZ
THM
NO.
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY DATE:
CHKD BY:
APPROVED
Concrete foundations shall be provided to support the link box. Top of concrete foundations shall be of the same elevation, with the top of concrete at 150mm (minimum) to 450mm (maximum). Design criteria for the design of foundations shall be in accordance with TES-P119.18 and TES-P-119.19. 3.11 DUCT SEALING UNITS
BY
CERTIFIED
: M. SAFAR
The duct sealing units to be provided shall be conforming to the COMPANY Material Standard Specification 23-TMSS-02, Rev.0. **** END OF SECTION III ****
DATE
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
16 OF 21
APP
CERT.
CHK
SECTION IV INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES

4.01 GENERAL A. The subsequent sections will present the requirements and practices, which shall be the basis for the installation of 380kV underground cables and fiber optic cables for the system of SEC-COA. The installation practices that will be presented are consistent with the current industry standards with special consideration being given to the working environment found in Saudi Arabia. The CONTRACTOR must strictly adhere to the requirements of COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-104, Construction Standard and TCS-P-104 as applicable, attached Conceptual Design Drawings, and the Practices and Procedures mentioned in the subsequent sections.
DESCRIPTION
B.
C.
NO. 2 KZ
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY DATE:
4.02 CABLE TUNNEL REQUIREMENTS A. General Requirements The 380kV underground cable circuits shall be using cable tunnel and in concrete encased ductbanks. The physical requirement of the cable tunnel and concrete encased ductbanks shall be in accordance with the COMPANY'S Engineering Standard TES-P-104.05, TCS-P-104.06 and TA-800062, respectively. The COMPANY Construction Standard TCS-P-104.03 for the construction of cable tunnel shall be followed. B. Safety The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions to ensure the safety of personnel working in the tunnel and the general public. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the following guidelines: 1. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for conforming to the rules and regulations pertaining to safety established by the ministries, municipalities, traffic and COMPANY Loss Prevention Division. Should there be closing/re-routing of traffic; the CONTRACTOR will properly coordinate with the concerned authorities. When required, the CONTRACTOR should be more than willing to assign someone to direct the traffic or act as flagman. The CONTRACTOR shall provide cable tunnel signboards on every tunnel /road crossing and 200 meters on straight run, the signboards shall be in accordance with SB-036883.
CHKD BY:
THM
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
2.
3.
C.
Other Underground Utilities Prior to excavation, the CONTRACTOR shall gather all necessary information regarding other existing underground services such as oil, gas, water, telephone, sewage, other electric cables (Power & distribution cables), building structures and shall use all precautions in excavating to avoid any damage to any underground
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
17 OF 21
APP
CERT.
utilities. The CONTRACTOR shall be fully liable for any damage caused to any service during cable installation by his personnel. Other utilities found during underground utilities survey shall be plotted in the construction drawing "As-Built" drawing. D. Tunnel Excavation in Hiqh Water Table Areas In areas where high water table causes the tunnel excavation to become flooded, the excavation shall be cleared by either pumping or installation of a well point system depending upon the actual SITE conditions. Tunnel excavation subject to high water table must be shored to minimize tunnel-wall sloughing. The water removed from the tunnel shall be disposed of in a proper manner either by pumping to a storm water system or water tank trucks. If water is to be pumped into municipal sewage/storm water system, prior approvals must be obtained from the Municipal Sewage Authority. E. Maintenance of Cable Tunnel The CONTRACTOR shall take precautions to maintain the condition of the tunnel prior to the installation of the cables. Maintenance shall include prevention of cave-ins or sloughing of the trench walls and dewatering of the trenches. Cable tunnel and pit shall be continuously cleaned. No foreign matter shall be backfilled with cables that may damage the cable in future. F.
BA
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK
2 KZ
THM
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY DATE:
CHKD BY:
APPROVED
Other Tunnel Excavation Requirements 1. The CONTRACTOR shall open only the width of tunnel as specified in the CONTRACT. The COMPANY shall not reimburse the CONTRACTOR for trenching or reinstatement in excess of the contractual widths or depths. Asphalt and other non-reusable debris, which are excavated from the tunnel must be removed from the WORK SITE immediately and hauled to a Municipality approved dumping area. Authorities may grant only a limited time for complete reinstatement of a trench section. After completing the reinstatement WORK, the CONTRACTOR will be required to submit an acceptance certificate to the COMPANY from the concerned agencies; otherwise, such WORK will not be accepted by the COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for reinstatement/restoration of any disturbed or damaged facility, which is incidental to PROJECT performance.
2.
CERTIFIED
3.
BY
: M. SAFAR
4.
DATE
5.
4.03 CABLE DUCTBANKS A. General Requirements Design and construct concrete encased ductbanks at road crossings. Design and construction of concrete encased ductbanks shall be in accordance to ACI 318M-08. Ductbanks shall be designed using AASHTO HS 20 truck load. Concrete encased
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
18 OF 21
APP
CERT.
CHK
ductbanks shall span the road where the 380kV underground cables and Fiber Optic cable are to cross. All cable ducts installation shall follow the requirements of the COMPANY'S Construction Standard TCS-P-I04.03
DESCRIPTION
B.
Bell Ends Bell ends shall be provided at the exit and at entrance of each duct. The bell end shall be an extension of the plastic duct, therefore, bell end inserts, which have a smaller internal diameter than the plastic duct, shall not be used.
C.
NO. 2 3 1
Testing and Cleaninq Upon completion of a duct run, a test mandrel (6 mm less in diameter than the nominal inside diameter of the duct) and wire brush cleaner (slightly larger than the duct) shall be pulled through to each duct. The testing and cleaning of a concrete encased ductbank should be done on the day after the concrete has been poured to eliminate any concrete, which may have seeped into the ducts. A nylon pull line should be installed in each duct line after cleaning and all ducts shall be immediately sealed at both ends by using duct sealing units.
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY DATE:
KZ
CHKD BY:
THM
APPROVED
4.04 THRUST BORINGS If thrust boring/directional drilling is required, comply with COMPANY Standard TES-P-104.05, Clause 8.2.3. Refer to COMPANY Standard Drawing TA-800062, TA800063 and TA-800068 for Highway undercrossing for 110 kV to 380 kV power cables by directional drilling. 4.05 REINSTATEMENT OF PAVEMENT SUB-BASE AND BASE COURSE A.
CERTIFIED
BA
General Information The reinstatement shall be in accordance with latest approved specifications and/or the following paragraph as applicable.
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY a list of test procedures and schedule of testing. The CONTRACTOR shall engage the services of an independent testing agency acceptable to the COMPANY, to conduct verification tests of in-place density at an average interval of 400 meters along tunnel, if so requested by the COMPANY. This testing will be conducted by the COMPANY approved testing agency. 4.06 ASPHALT REINSTATEMENT A. General Paving Requirements for Hot Asphalt Mix The CONTRACTOR shall provide hot asphalt mix and necessary primer. Cutting of pavement shall be only by saw. Areas to be paved shall be substantially true to line and grade, and have a firm surface without foreign materials. The paving mixture shall be placed when the air temperature is below 50F (10C) and is falling. The paving mixture shall be placed only when the humidity, general weather conditions
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
19 OF 21
APP
CERT.
and temperature of the base, in the opinion of the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE are suitable. Paving mixture shall be delivered to the WORK location at a temperature no less than 235F (113C) and never exceed 350F (177C). The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY a list of test procedures and the schedule of testing. The CONTRACTOR shall engage the services of an independent testing agency acceptable to the COMPANY. All asphalt material and construction shall conform to the requirements of the COMPANY Standards. B. Placing of Mixture The mixture shall be placed in the number of lifts and thickness indicated (approved paving thickness by the COMPANY).
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK
REVISIONS
C.
Compacting the Mixture The mixture shall be compacted immediately after placing. Each rolling operation shall follow the preceding operation as closely as possible. In areas too small for a roller, a vibrating plate compactor or hand tamper may be used to achieve thorough compaction.
PREPARED BY DATE:
KZ
CHKD BY:
THM
APPROVED
D.
Compaction and Testing Requirements 1. One (1) composite sample of asphalt mix shall be taken each production day from the first truck load of mix delivered to the WORK SITE, for laboratory testing. The sample shall be taken by the COMPANY designated agency and tested in accordance with ASTM D1559 to determine the laboratory density requirements (50 blow marshall), and the following: a) b) c) Gradation Flow test with an accepted range in between 8 and 16 Stability, lb. (at 140F, 60 C) of 1000 lb. minimum for both layers
BA
CERTIFIED
2.
: M. SAFAR
The asphalt pavement placed in the field shall be equal to or greater than 95% of the laboratory Marshall Density determined for the material being used (ASTM D1559). One (1) sample of the compacted asphalt pavement for each 100 linear meters of road reinstated shall be tested per ASTM D1559. Additional requirements are needed to identify the type of asphalt mix (tested in laboratory). To be able to evaluate the materials being used, the CONTRACTOR shall conduct and submit the following tests, prior to use, to demonstrate conformance of proposed backfill materials and mix designs: a) b) C) d) e) Mechanical Analysis Plasticity Index Relative Density Modified Compaction Dry Unit Weight and Moisture Content (Nuclear Method by using of Gamma Rays)
BY
3.
DATE
4. 5.
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
20 OF 21
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY f) g) h) i) j)
APP
CERT.
Dry Unit Weight and Moisture Content taken samples done in the laboratory Marshall Stability Asphalt Mix Design Marshall Design Check Field Curing for Field Compaction Check
DESCRIPTION
CHK
4.07 OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Responsibility During Installation The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all materials and component parts during installation.
NO.
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY DATE:
KZ
Failure of any cable and/or component during installation or testing shall cause the faulty cable and/or component to be unacceptable until all test results are reviewed and corrective action taken. To minimize failures at final testing, the CONTRACTOR shall physically check and test the cable in segments during installation. **** END OF SECTION IV ****
CHKD BY:
THM
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
PLANT NO.
INDEX
PAGE NO
REV.
C640
PTS 12CC348
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
21 OF 21
APPENDIX - XIII SPECIAL TOOLS & EQUIPMENT (To provided by CONTRACTOR)
APPENDIX- XVI GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
;-: a:
'" U
Q
s:-4~
~j~\
~y1j\
~ "'
Q
'"
Ci
{~~
z 0
s:.L:t~ ~~~t AS'~I Saudi Electricity Company
... Q2 u '"
i=
'" '"
(3 z
"'
APPENDIX - XVI
REVISIONS_,
""EI'AR~
DATE
CIIK'D.IY.
GEOTECHNICAL
DIV.
INVESTIGATION
AI'.'.<OVEn EHV-E&DD ENC. SUI'I'ORT
/411/1
CSM
2012-n9-26
.~
,-
AND
OI'[RATING DEI'ARTMENT
MATERIAL TESTING
CERT''''''
DATE.
nl2-n9-2<,
THIS nRAWING IS NOT TO BE USEn FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTlFlEn ANn I)ATEn
(ATTACHMENTTO SERVICE ORDER NO.
ROL/NFP/CSM GEOTECHNICAL
.JOB ORnER NO.
2012/09/26 INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING PLANT NOJ INDEX
I DOCUMENT NO.
PAGENO. 1
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX.
XVII
OF
49
,..: ~ v
Q
~4~
TABLE OF CONTENTS
~J~\
~y1j\
t .,
Q
~ u
SECTION
z 0 ;:: Q., 02 u VJ
toO Q
PARAGRAPH
T ITL
PAGE 5
SCOPE OF WORK
11
TECHNICAL
PROVISIONS
6
6 6 6 6
2.01 2.02 2.03
Mobilization and Demobilization Schedule and Order of Work Exploration/Drilling and Sampling Methods A. Overburden Drilling 1) Small Diameter Auger Drilling 2) Large Diameter Auger Drilling 3) Rotary Drilling Soil Sampling and Testing 1) Soil Classification Sampling 2) Standard Penetration Test (SPT) 3) "Undisturbed" Samples Sampling of Cemented Soil, Stiff Clay and Soft Rock 1) Drive Samples 2) Double Tube Barrel Samples Rock Drilling and Coring 1) Overburden Drilling and Stabilization 2) Rock Drilling 3) Core Drilling 9
'"
.....
IMTE, CIIK'IJBY,
2012-09-2(,
B.
AI'PROVED
F.IIV.F.&DD F.NC. Slll'PORT DIV.
atII
CSM
2012-09-26
C.
D.
OPERATING IJEPARTMENT
10
E. Sample Containers 1) Soil Classification and SPT Samples 2) "Undisturbed" Samples 3) Rock Cores
'b
IMTE,
2011-09-2(,
13
F. G. H.
Care and Delivery of Samples Freighting Supplementary Work
17 17 17 18 18 20 20 20
2.04
THIS BRA WING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRlICTlON OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
Exploration/Open Excavation and Sampling Methods A. B. C. Test Pits and Sampling Test Trenches and Sampling Testing
2.05
Exploration/Cone Penetration Test Methods
JOB ORDER NO.
- 2012/09/26 INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING PLANT NOJ

INDEX I DOCUMENT NO. I PAGE NO.I REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
IAPPENDIX. XVII OF l 0
49
;-: " '" u

Q
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY TABLE OF CONTENTS (Con't.) SECTION

-
s:-4"'+s'u~J~\
~y1j\
~
~ Q
'" :!:
U
PARAGRAPH Exploration/Geophysical
A,
TITL Methods
PAGE 20 21
z 0 f: "Q2 u if>
2,06
0 z
'"
Refraction Seismic Test 1) Equipment 2) Procedures 3) Records 4) Analyses and Reports Cross-Hole Seismic Testing 1) Objective and Principle 2) Equipment 3) Procedures 4) Records 5) Analyses and Reports
Electrical Resistivity
B,
22
DATE' CIIK'D BY,
2U12.o<).26
API"WVED
C,
EBV.E&DD ENG, SUppORT ,)IV.
23 23 23 24 24 24 24
2,07
Standards for In-Situ Field Testing and Instrumentation

A. B, C, 0,
E,
ft)I/
CSM
2012.0<).26
OPERATING DEPARTMENT
Dry Unit Weight and Moisture Content Moisture Content Direct Plate Bearing Tests Full Scale Spread Footing Load Tests Pile Load Tests 1) Compression Load Test 2) Tension Load Test 3) Lateral Load Test 4) Inclined Tension Load Test Ground Water Observations and Permeability Tests 1) Piezometer Installation and Observation 2) Permeability Testing Electrical Resistivity Thermal Resistivity Field Vane Shear Test Pressure Meter Test Percolation Other Consideration
F,
25
I
DATE,
"'''.''<).''
G, H,
I. J, K,
L,
29 29 29 29 29 29 30 31
2,08 2,09
Field Records Laboratory Testing
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL
.JOB ORDER NO.
INVESTIGATION
AND MATERIAL TESTING PLANT N1
INDEX I DOCUMENT NO.
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
IAPPENDIX. XVII
3 OF 49
NO.!
l 0
,.; " '" u

Q ~
~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY TABLE OF CONTENTS (Con't.) SECTION - PARAGRAPH T ITL E
..4~
~j~\
~y11\
" " u
Q
PAGE 31 31 32 32 33 34 35 35 35 36 36 40 40 41 41 42 42 45 45 45 45
z c
2,10
i= "'" 0
Standards for Laboratory Testing

A, B, C, D,
0;: U en
:;; z
..,
2,11
E. F. G,
Visual Classification Classification Testing Index Properties Testing Structural Properties Testing Compaction Testing Chemical Analyses Other Testing
Laboratory Test Records
DATE' CIIK'D
2(112-(19-2(,
BY,
III
GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF FINAL LOGS 3.01 3,02 3,03 3,04 3,05 3,06 3,07 General Density of Soils Consistency of Soils Cemented Overburden Materials Rock Field Notes and Records Final Logs
A"I"WYW
EHY-E&DI) ENC, SlIl'l'DHT
DlY-
1iJ,V'
CSM
2(112-(19-26
IV
O"ERATlNG DEI'AHTMENT
GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF GEOTECHNICAL REPORT 4,01 4.02 4,03 General Scope Format
AB, C. D. E,
eE,n'F
\A'~DATE,
~
'"2-(19-26
BY, MOIIAMMA')Al1SAFFAI!
F.
G, H, I. J,
TillS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDEIHNG MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
K,
Executive Summary Scope of Work Project Description Site Condition Field Investigation Laboratory Tests Subsurface Conditions Engineering Analysis Recommendations Certification Illustrations
45 46 46 46 46 46 47 47 47 48 48
ROllNFP/CSM GEOTECHNICAL
.JOB ORDER NO,
2012/09/26 INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
INDEX PLANTN1
REV, I DOCUMENT NO,
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
NO.!
OF 49
l 0
v
Q
~
~
-< Q
~4~
~J~\
A.5y1J\
'" Cl
SECTION I - SCOPE OF WORK 1.01 The CONTRACTOR (Geotechnical Consultant) shall perform all WORK in accordance with the latest ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) Standards, except where indicated otherwise in Section 11,Technical Provisions; or, by such other standards specifically authorized in the SERVICE ORDER. For tests where no accepted or tentative ASTM Standard exists, test procedures will be subject to approval by the COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR shall perform all investigations, field and laboratory tests as required in, and prepare all reports, charts and graphs as instructed in each SERVICE ORDER issued by the COMPANY and accepted by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall not commence any WORK prior to the execution of such SERVICE ORDER.
z 0 ;: "if> '" Q
0: u 1.02
ci z
'"
REVISIONS
PREI'ARE!) By~4
BAn:, CIIK'B BY,
1.03 The CONTRACTOR shall review the proposed Scope of Work for a geotechnical
investigation professional of a given PROJECT to determine if it is adequate for the level of responsibility associated with presentation of conclusions and
21112-119-21>
recommendations as outlined in Section IV - Guidelines for Geotechnical Report, of

API'ROYED
this Specification.
mv.
EIIV-E&IJIJ ENC. SUI'I'ORT
1.04
{ttI/
CSM
21112-119-21>
The CONTRACTOR, by acceptance of a SERVICE ORDER discussed in Item No. 1.03 above, shall be obligated to provide the COMPANY with Geotechnical Report consistent with the professional standards of skill, care and diligence associated with high quality, international practice of geotechnical engineering. Intermittent services are generally anticipated on all material testing projects. The COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE will give at least one day notice each time the CONTRACTOR is required to visit the site for material testing. Immediately upon the availability of test results, the CONTRACTOR shall submit three (3) copies to the COMPANY Transmission Asset Development Department/Bulk Asset Planning Division.
1.05
OPERATING BEPARTMENT
*** END OF SECTION
- I ***
BATE,
2012-09-21>
SECTION
11
TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
AND MATERIAL TESTING
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL
.JOB ORDER NO.
INVESTIGATION
PLANTNO
DOCUMENT NO.
PAGENO.
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
OF
49
;-:
~ u
Q
~L:~
~J~\
~y1!\
~ ~
'" " u
Q
2.01
MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION A, Mobilization for geotechnical investigations and field load tests shall consist of the delivery at the WORK SITE of all plant, equipment, materials and supplies to be furnished by the CONTRACTOR; the complete assembly in satisfactory working order of all such plant equipment on the job; and the satisfactory storage at the WORK SITE of all such materials and supplies, Demobilization for the above shall consist of the removal from the site of all plant, equipment, and refuse after completion of the WORK, No mobilization and demobilization shall be applied to material testing jobs, Site visits shall be paid on mileage unit rates, which shall include all direct and indirect vehicle and personnel charges,
z 0 1= 0..
i:2 u en '"' Q
B,
0 z
..,
C,
REVISIONS
PREPARED In',
DATE, C"K'I) BY,
2012-09-21>
2.02 SCHEDULE AND ORDER OF WORK

The schedule and order of WORK for geotechnical exploration and for field load tests will be shown on the documents for each PROJECT COMPANY, whenever and in whatever manner is deemed best for accomplishing the WORK,
AI'PIWYED
EIIV-E&I)I) ENG, SIJl'PORT
I)IV,
fJiI/
CSM
2012-09-21>
The schedule and order of material testing WORK will depend on the size and nature of the project. As and when required, the CONTRACTOR will be called upon intermittently to provide material testing services,
2.03
OPERATING I)EI'ARTMENT
EXPLORATION - DRilLING AND SAMPLING METHODS A. Overburden Drilling 1) Small Diameter Auqer Borinqs The scope, apparatus, report and procedure shall be in accordance with ASTM D1452, "Soil Investigation and Sampling by Auger Boring", Samples shall be obtained for each material change in sufficient quantity to reveal the subsurface conditions and for such laboratory testing as may be required, Augering will not be continued below the water table when encountered, 2) Larqe Diameter Auqer Borinqs The Augering shall be performed in soil and/or decomposed rock with drilling equipment capable of advancing a helical auger bit having a diameter equal to or greater than 760 mm (30 inches), Adaptors should be provided to permit soil sampling with thin-wall Shelby tube samplers as described in subparagraph 3,B,3 of these Technical Provisions, The scope and report procedures specified in ASTM D1452 shall apply,
0
I)ATE, 2012-09-'"
TillS DRAWING IS NOT TO liE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
3) Rotary Drillinq
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONANDMATERIAL TESTING PLANTN1
.1011 ORDER NO,
INDEX I DOCUMENT NO, NO.! 6
REV,
A
SAUDI ARABIA
IAPPENDIX - XVII
OF 49
l 0
" "
'" u
Q
s:.4~
~j~1
~y.1.J1
k ~
~ u
a)
Definition Overburden rotary drilling will be any drilling made through soil overburden or decomposed rock by drilling equipment utilizing power rotation of a drilling bit as circulating fluid removes cuttings from the hole.
z 0 i=
"-
52 u Ch
'" Q
b)
Eill!lQ.ment and Procedure The equipment and procedures used for overburden drilling for or with SPT and undisturbed sampling shall be in accordance with the equipment and methods recommended in U.S. Navy Design Manual NAVFAC DM-7.1, entitled "Soil Mechanics" dated May 1982, except as modified hereinafter. In areas where a water table is encountered in overburden or decomposed rock materials, or where caving of the sidewalls occurs, borings may be drilled by using suitable drilling mud slurry. The drilling mud shall be maintained at the top of the hole during all drilling and sampling operations. The mud slurry may consist of bentonite-water or attapulgite-water mixtures as required for stabilization of the hole. Sampling procedure shall be by such means as will prevent inclusions of the drilling mud in the samples. Otherwise, the borings shall be suitably cased to prevent collapse of the sidewalls and to permit sampling.
0 z
'"
RO FP
REVISIONS
PREPARED DATF' .. CHK'D BY,
BY, .
21112-119-21> -
APPROYW EIIV-E&1)1) ENC, SUPPORT mv,
~
CSM
21112-119-21>
B.
Soil Samplinq and Testinq 1) Soil Classification Samples
Samples retrieved from augering and cuttings retrieved from rotary drilling shall be retained for Classification and Index properties testing. The scope of sampling, procedures and report shall be in accordance with ASTM 01452. Recovery of samples is incidental to drilling and cost shall be included in the applicable unit rates for drilling. 2) Standard Penetration Test (SPT)
,
DATE,
"112.119-21>
The scope, apparatus, procedure, and report shall be in accordance with ASTM 01586, "Standard Method of Penetration Test and Split Barrel Sampling of Soils", except as modified herein. The intent of the Standard Penetration Test is to determine resistance, the consistency of the materials, depth at which rock coring shall commence, and to obtain samples. SPT sampling is not considered incidental to drilling and shall be paid by the unit rate for each penetration test. a) Equipment and Supplies Equipment shall include split barrel samples, power driven core drilling machinery of a type or types approved by the ACOMPANY, and all other accessories for taking samples of soil or decomposed rock. Unless otherwise specified, drilling machinery shall be of the "hydraulic feed" type.
ROL/NFP/CSM - 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING PLANT NOJ
INDEX I DOCUMENT NO. I PAGENO.
REV.
JOB ORDER NO,
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX.
7 XVII
OF 49
,.:
:;:
u
Q
s:-4~ ~..I~\ ~y:J\
~ "'
Q
Cl
Borings may be advanced above the water table by augering or, by rotary drilling for the full depths of boring. Supplies shall include all casing, piping, pumps, and power necessary to accomplish the required boring and sampling. b) Procedure Standard Penetration Test (SPT) shall be taken at maximum vertical intervals of 750 mm (2-1/2 ft) for the first 3 meters (10 ft) of depth, measured from ground surface and at maximum intervals of 1.5 meters (5 ft) thereafter, or as otherwise directed. If it becomes apparent that gravel or rock fragments are rendering SPT results meaningless, or if refusal is consistently encountered, SPTs shall be discontinued. In material other than gravels, refusal shall be defined as an SPT with less than 100 mm (4 inches) penetration per 50 blows. The samples shall be placed in air-tight plastic bags or other containers as soon as possible after they are taken from the hole in order that the natural moisture content of the material may be retained to the fullest extent. 3) "Undisturbed" Soil Samples
APPROVED
z 0 ;:: "-
Q2 u en
'"
Q
0 z
..,
REVISIONS PR[PARm 'IV, DATE'

CIIK'D IIY,
EIIV-E&DD ENG. SUI'PORT
DIV.
The scope, apparatus, procedure, preparation for shipment, and report shall be in accordance with ASTM 01587, "Thin Walled Tube Sampling of Soils", except as modified herein. a) Definition An undisturbed sample is a thin-walled tube sample taken in accordance with ASTM 01587, using piston-type samplers. Nonpiston-type or opentube with ball check valve type samplers may be used only when authorized by the COMPANY and should be clearly indicated as such on all logs, records and reports. b) Equipment and Supplies Equipment shall include samplers, power-driven core drilling machinery of an approved type or types, and accessories for procuring undisturbed soil samples. Drilling machinery shall be of the "hydraulic feed" type unless otherwise specified. Supplies shall include all casing, piping, pumps and power necessary to accomplish the required boring and sampling where used. Drill casing shall have an inside diameter such as to allow the taking of proper samples of the size directed by the COMPANY. c) Procedure The thin wall sampler shall be forced down by a continuous push using the hydraulic feed. Driving of the sampler by means of a drop hammer will not be permitted. For tube samples containing medium stiff to very stiff clays, the ends shall be sealed in accordance with the requirements of ASTM 01587. For tube samples containing cohesionless soil or soft clay requiring special handling and testing, the ends of the sample tubes shall be cleaned
ROLlNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIALTESTING
PLANT NOJ INDEX
/JIt1
CSM 2n!)-n9-2(,
...,
DATE, 'n!)-n9-",
THIS DI{AWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTIWCTlON OR FOR ORI>ERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTlFIEI> AND I>ATEI>
I DOCUMENT NO.
PAGENO. 8
REV.
.JOB ORI>ER
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
OF 49
,.: 0<
'" U
Q
~L:~
~J~\
~y:;J\
~ .,
Q
'" '" u
z 0 f= "-
" u
'" '" Q d)
0 z
..,
N
out to a depth of 76 mm (3 inches) and a seal provided of micro-crystalline wax, such as Humble Oil Company Microven No, 1650, Gulf Petrowax A, or Socony Product 2300, 2305, or equal. A metal or metal and rubber "0" ring type expansion disc having a diameter slightly less than the diameter of the tube shall be inserted into the wax at 25 mm (1 inch) from the end of the soil sample, The wax plugs shall be flush with the ends of the tube and a final seal consisting of a metal/plastic cap and/or plastic adhesive tape shall be placed over the ends, Special sample containers will be accepted upon approval of the COMPANY. Loqqinq and Labelinq Particular care shall be taken to indicate the relative positions and the tops and bottoms of samples, Tubes and crates for undisturbed samples shall be labeled "Do not Jar or Vibrate" and "Handle, haul and Ship in a Horizontal Position", e) Disposition of Samples Every precaution shall be taken to avoid damage of samples as a result of careless handling and undue delay in shipping, Samples shall be shipped in wooden boxes made from 16 mm (5/8-inch), or heavier, lumber and with a capacity for holding up to six sample-containing tubes depending on shipping weight restrictions. The sample tubes shall be well packed in wood shavings, foam or other equal material to protect the samples against vibration. The CONTRACTOR shall avoid exposing sealed and crated samples to extremes of temperature. Samples permitted to freeze, even partially, shall be replaced by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. Undisturbed samples shall not remain on the site of sampling for more than one (1) week before being freighted for testing. Samples shall be hauled and freighted with the tube in a horizontal position in order to prevent consolidation and segregation of water content.
REVISIONS
PREPARED DAn;.
CIIK'D IIV.
IIV.
~
2Z-26
AI'I'IWVED
EHV-E&I)l) ENG. SUPPORT DIV.
ttlJ/
CSM
21112-09-26
Ol'mATING
DEPARTMENT
c.
CERTIFIED
Samplinq of Cemented Soil, Stiff Clay and Soft Rock 1) Drive Samplers
-1\
DAn:. ""2-09-)(,
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRuCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS lINTlL CERTIFIED AND DATED
"California" type drive samplers having segmented brass liners may be used for sampling cemented soil or stiff clays, provided that no significant disturbance of the natural materials occurs during sampling, including alteration of natural soil structure, density and/or shear strength. The sampler will be driven in accordance with ASTM 01586 equipment and procedures; and an appropriate correlation of blow count with "N" values obtained by SPT procedures will be provided by the CONTRACTOR. The individual segments of the liner will be removed from the outer split-tube after sampling, the natural materials exposed at the ends visually classified, and the liner segment capped, sealed and labeled. No attempt shall be made to eject the sample from the liner segment in the field. Disposition of samples will be done in accordance with the procedures specified below for Double Tube Barrel Samplers. Care, handling and delivery of samples will be done in accordance to the requirements of Clauses 3.E, 3,F and 2.03.G of this Technical Specification.
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING PLANT N1 INDEX I DOCUMENT NO. NO.I REV.
,lOB ORDER
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
OF 49
l 0
"
u
::i
..L:~ ~J~\
A.s~\
~ ~
Q
~ u
2) Double Tube Barrel Samplers shall be used for hard clays, cemented coarse grained soils, chalk and soft or weathered rock, which cannot be recovered intact by drive sampling or penetrated with thin-wall Shelby tube samplers. a) Definition A Double Tube Barrel Sample shall be a sample recovered with either a Denison double tube core sampler or a Pitcher sampler having a protruding inner barrel or liner tube. b) Equipment and Supplies
z 0 ;: ""
V)
i:2 u
'" Q
0 z
"'
FP
REVISIONS PREPARF,O RV, DATE,

CIIK'D RV,
RO
2012-09-26
Sampling equipment will include either Denison or Pitcher samplers. Liners shall be of 29 gauge steel with inner lacquered surface or equal. The length of protrusion of the inner barrel or liner, and the type of bit used on the outer barrel shall be appropriate to the type of material being sampled and will be subject to approval by the COMPANY. The maximum recovery of unpredictable soft rock or friable materials is the primary purpose for use of this type of sampling equipment. Accessory equipment and core drilling machinery will be as specified in subparagraph 3.D.3.a of this Technical Specification. c) Procedure The sampling operation shall be advanced by continuous rotation of the outer cutting barrel in conjunction with the circulation of the drilling fluid. Down pressure on the hydraulic feed and drilling fluid flow should be adequate for continuous smooth penetration of the sampler without undercutting the protruding edge of the inner barrel. Blockages of circulation or sudden changes in speed of advancement of the sampler are sufficient cause to terminate the sampling core run to avoid possible loss or damage of the sample. The natural materials exposed in the ends of the inner tube shall be visually classified immediately following recovery of the sample. Samples, which appear to be suitable for laboratory testing shall be capped, sealed, labeled and treated as "Undisturbed Samples". Samples, which appear to be suitable only for laboratory classification tests may be ejected in the field and treated as "Soil Classification Samples".
APPROVE!)
EIIV-E&[)D ENG. SUPPORT !)IV.
tUI/
CSM
20 12-0?-2(,
OPERATING
DEPART"I''''I
CERTIFIE!)
I!V'~ "ATE,
'tIl2-0?-2(,
D. Rock Drillinq and Corinq 1) Overburden Drillinq and Stabilization Where sampling of the overburden is limited to recovery of soil classification samples, the CONTRACTOR may employ any method and equipment for drilling through the overburden that will permit rock and/or core drilling from the rock surface downward in accordance with these specifications. The overburden may be stabilized by use of casing or a mud slurry drilling fluid but, in either procedure, stabilization methods must be adequate to prevent caving of the overburden.
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
TIllS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING

.JOB ORDER NO.
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
I DOCUMENT NO. I PAGENO.
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX.
10 XVII
OF 49
,..:
~ u
Q
s:-4~ ~..\~\ ~y1J\
~ ~
Q '" :!: U
A Standard Penetration Test with less than 50 mm (2 inches) penetration with 50 blows shall be used to determine top of rock. 2) Rock Drillinq
z 0 1=
0..
01 u 'J) ""
'"
0 z
'"
REVISIONS
PREPARED RV, DAn:,
CIIK'DRV,
IWUN '012-00-'6
Where recovery of rock cores is not required, the COMPANY may require the CONTRACTOR to drill and log the condition of the rock. Where recovery of rock cores is required, the CONTRACTOR may elect to ream and clean the core hole to the bottom of the last core run prior to attempting the next core run. In either instance, the CONTRACTOR will be reimbursed for the depth of rock drilling measured from the top of rock (as defined in subparagraph 3.D.1 above) to the bottom of boring. Repeated reaming and/or cleaning within this depth will not be a separate pay item. Rock drilling may be done with a tricone bit, other rock bits, or with the core barrel. 3) Core Drillinq Scope, equipment, procedure, and report shall be in accordance with ASTM D2113, "Diamond Core Drilling for Site Investigation", except as modified herein. All core drilling shall be performed with NW size barrels and bits or with larger sizes subject to the approval of the COMPANY. Coring shall not be performed in soft, friable rocks or cemented soils, which can be more suitably sampled with the equipment, methods and procedures described in subparagraph 3.C. Recovery of representative rock cores is the primary purpose for undertaking rock coring and, the CONTRACTOR will be paid only for the actual length of rock core recovered. Payment for core recovery shall be in addition to the payment for rock drilling within the same depth. Equipment and procedures shall be as described below, unless directed otherwise by the COMPANY. a) Equipment and Supplies Equipment for core drilling shall include diamond core drilling machinery of a type or types approved by the COMPANY complete with all accessories for taking continuous rock cores of consolidated or semi consolidated material of a diameter consistent with bit size to the depths specified. Machines shall be equipped with hydraulic feed head. The use of screw or fixed speed feed heads will not be permitted. The core drilling equipment shall conform to NW core drilling equipment, equal or better than SpragueHenwood (Model 40CL). The core drilling machine shall be able to develop a bit speed of at least 1200 rpm and the hydraulic system shall be able to develop at least 2760 kPa (400 psi) down pressure. The drill rods (NW) shall be the same size as the core barrel (NW) and the drill head shall be able to swivel 360 degrees. Since the maximum recovery of unpredictable soft or friable rock is of prime importance, the CONTRACTOR shall use a standard ball-bearing, swivel-type, double-tube core barrel equipped with diamond set core bits and standard core lifters similar in construction and equal in performance to Sprague and Henwood "M" series or a wireline
ROLlNFP/CSM GEOTECHNICAL - 2012/09/26 INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING PLANT Nof INDEX I DOCUMENT NO. NO,I REV.
AI'PROVED
EIIY-E&DD ENG. SUI'POIIT
DIY.
tdI/
CSM '012.0'.'6
CERTIFIED
R\~~
DATE,
21112.0'.'6
,lOB ORDER
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
49
11
'" ~ u
Q
~L:~
~J~\
~y.:;J1
~ <:
Q '" 0
z 0
~ u en
E
'" Q
drilling system similar in construction and equal in performance to Longyear "Q" series, The CONTRACTOR shall have both internal and bottom discharge diamond core bits on the job. The diamond core bits will have the appropriate stones per carat recommended by the bit manufacturer for the rock encountered, The CONTRACTOR will furnish all supplies for core drilling, which shall include but not limited to, casing, drill rods, core barrels, diamond set coring bits, piping, pumps, water, tools and power required for drilling and boxes and containers required for core samples, The CONTRACTOR's drilling equipment shall be capable of drilling vertical core holes to depths of at least 50 meters. Terrain may vary from flat to high relief, thus necessitating skid mounted drills and suitable support equipment in some locations.
,.,
N
0 z
b)
Procedures All holes shall be drilled vertically to the bottom elevations or depths specified unless indicated otherwise in the SERVICE ORDER or when directed by the COMPANY to be drilled otherwise. Casing of the overburden may be required when coring in soft rock or through an unstable overburden. The casing shall be seated tightly into rock prior to any coring. Otherwise, the CONTRACTOR may use drilling mud to keep the hole open provided that during coring no contamination of rock samples occur and good core recovery is achieved. If the samples are contaminated or otherwise inadequate, the CONTRACTOR shall drill a new hole to the same depths and take additional rock cores at no additional cost to the COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR shall operate his drills at such speeds and with such water pressures as will ensure maximum core recovery in whatever kind of rock is being drilled. Where soft or broken rocks are encountered, the CONTRACTOR shall reduce the length of runs to 0.6 meters (2 feet) or less and/or use a larger diameter core barrel in order to reduce core loss and core disturbance to the minimum. Failure to comply with the foregoing procedures shall constitute justification for the COMPANY to require redrilling at the CONTRACTOR's expense of any boring from which the core recovery is unsatisfactory. In as much as the function of core borings includes determination of the width, direction, extent and spacing of rock fractures, the CONTRACTOR shall exercise particular care in recording water losses, rod drops, and other unusual coring experience that indicate the existence, nature and extent of any fracturing or solution activity. Fractures and cavities with their estimated thickness shall be marked in the core boxes. Spacers shall be used to visually indicate open fractures, cavities or, samples, which have been removed.
REVISIONS
PREPARED
IJY,
~
,n12.n9.'(,
DATE,
CHK'O BY,
APPI"'VED EHY.E&I))) ENG. SUPpORT
DIY.
cJAI
CSM
20 12.n9.'('
OPERATING DEI'AlnMENI
DAn:,
"'".119.'''
c)
Loqqinq and Labelinq The CONTRACTOR shall keep a careful and complete record of the results of all boring and sampling. Soil and rock materials shall be classified by the CONTRACTOR immediately following the drilling. The log of each boring shall include the time of drilling required for each "run", with the precise
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING

.JOB ORDICR NO.
PLANTNO
DOCUMENT NO.
PAGENO. 12
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
OF 49
"
e3
u
Q
~4~
~J~\
~p\
~ <:
Q
'"
z
"-
0 ;:
Oi!
U en '" Q
depths and elevations of the top and bottom of the run, the percentage of core recovered per run, the depth and elevation at which ground water is encountered, and the amount of drill water lost. Each boring shall be logged on a separate log sheet for each ten meters of drilling (or less), and a complete log of each hole shall be submitted prior to payment for that hole, The labeling of core boxes shall be done in the manner prescribed, The materials encountered in drilling shall be visually classified according to soil types as defined in ASTM 02487 or, if appropriate, ASTM 03282, d) Cementinq Holes Ourinq Orillinq
0 z
'"
REVISIONS
PREI'ARED IIV, ~,
DATE,
CHK'6BV, 21112-119-2<>
The CONTRACTOR will take such precautions as necessary to prevent mixing of caving materials from the walls of the hole with core samples, or to avoid loss of circulation of drill fluid and poor core recovery, This may necessitate cementing the hole to seal or stabilize the side walls. Such cementing will be considered incidental to the cost of rock coring and no extra payment will be made unless specifically agreed to in the SERVICE ORDER. E. SamQle Containers
APPROVE!>
EHV-E&OO ENG. SUPPORT
I>lV.
rW
CSM
2012-119-2<>
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish jars, tubes, bags, labels, tags, boxes and crates for sample containment and freighting. Samples obtained from test borings shall be contained as follows: 1) Soil Classification and SPT Samples Samples retained for laboratory classification (visual or by testing) may be in heavy duty plastic bags of one-quart capacity or other containers approved by the COMPANY. Moisture content sample bags shall be tightly sealed to prevent moisture loss. Each bag shall be identified with a label or tag, which clearly indicates the PROJECT, boring number, sample number, top elevation of boring, sample depth, "N" value from SPT (if applicable), and a description of material. 2) "Undisturbed" Samples
DATE,
2012-09-2<>
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIF!F:D AND DATED
This includes thin-wall Shelby tube samples, California (liner type) samples, Oenison or Pitcher samples, or any other samples recovered in metal tubes. The sample shall be retained in the tube for shipment to the laboratory. For samples consisting of stiff clays or cemented soils, the ends of the tube shall be tightly sealed with wax, metal caps and/or plastic membrane, subject to approval by the COMPANY, Sample tubes, containing cohesion less soils or soft clays, shall be sealed as described in Section 2.03, paragraph B,3,c. Each sample shall be identified with a label or tag as required in subparagraph (1) above, 3) Rock Cores

,JOB ORDER NO.
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
I DOCUMENT NO, I PAGENO,
REV,
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX
-XVII
13
OF 49
"
Q
8
~ ~
~4~
~J~\
4.sy:;J\
'" '" u
Q
a) Boxes Longitudinally partitioned wooden core boxes constructed of dressed lumber or other approved materials in accordance with the arrangement and dimensions shown in Plate 11-1 shall be used for all rock cores. As many core boxes as may be required shall be used in submitting each rock core or group of cores. Core from more than one (1) test boring shall not be placed in a single core box except with written permission from the COMPANY, in which case the core holes contained in a single box shall be consecutively numbered. Core boxes shall be completely equipped with all necessary partitions, covers, hinges and screws for holding down the cover, permanent identification plates, tags, spacer blocks, and other accessories. The run number, core length drilled, core length lost, depth designation and recovery shall be written directly upon the spacer blocks. The coordinates of the boring, ground surface elevation, date of drilling, box number, PROJECT name, hole number, delivery order number, and CONTRACTOR's name shall be written upon the inside and outside of the lid. The inside label shall be in accordance with the requirements shown on Plate 11-2.Each end of the box shall be marked with the PROJECT name, hole number, and box number. Empty portions of the core boxes shall have several wide divider blocks nailed at about the third points to prevent the longitudinal dividers from bowing and allowing the sample to shift.
z 0 ;:
0. ;:: U
if; '"' Q
0 z
'"
REVISIONS
PREl'ARm DATE, CII"'DBY,
BY,
~
2nl2.n9.",
APPROVE!)
EHV-E&[)I) ENG, SUPPORT my.
(J)tI
CSM
2nl2.n9.26
OPERATING DEI'ART"ENT
CElnIF.ED
DATE,
'"''.''9.'''
THIS DRAW[NG IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTlWCTlON OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
ROLlNFP/CSM GEOTECHNICAL
,JOB OIWER NO.
- 2012/09/26 INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
INDEX PLANTN1 I DOCUMENT NO. NO.I 14
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
OF 49
l 0
" ~
u
..4~
~j-p1 J..s-A\
" t ~
"
'" " u
z 0 1=
0..
:2 u en
'"
Q
0 Z
REVISIONS
~
EflV-E&DD ENG. SUI'I'OHT I>lV.
t/f/
CSM
21112-11"-26
orEnATING OEI'AHTMENT
..
.
DATE,
'1112-11'-21,
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USEI) FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED ANI) DATEIJ
PLATE 11-1 TYPICAL CORE BOX
ROLfNFP/CSM GEOTECHNICAL
.JOB ORIJEI! NO.
INDEX PLANT Ni I DOCUMENT NO. 15 NO.I
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
49
;-:
" '" u
Q
~4~
A..:..\~I~p\
~ "'
Q '"
" u
PROJECT:
PTS NO./S.O.
z 0
NO.
u en
'"
Q
:;;:
BORING
NO.: -
ELEVATION: COORDINATES: N.
OFFSET: E.
0 z
REVISIONS
STATION:
~
2012-09-26 APPROVED
DATE (S) DRILLED: BOX NO. CONTRACTOR: OF BOXES
HIV-E&I)I) ENG. SUppORT
I>lV.
CSM
2012-09-26
NOTES: 1.
LABEL OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO ALLOW ALL INFORMATION ELIGIBLE ON PHOTOGRAPH OF CORE. LOCATION MAY BE EITHER BY APPROPRIATE TO THE PROJECT. COORDINATES OR TO BE CLEAR AND
OPERATING
I>EI'ARTMENT
2.
BY
STATIONING,
AS
I>An:,
'112-09-
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO HE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
PLATE
11-2
TYPICAL CORE BOX LABEL b) Arrangement

2012/09/26 INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
REV.
.JOB ORDER
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
49
;-:
~ u
Q
s:-4.J4-S.U ~J~\
~pl
~
~
Q
Ci
z 0 i= ..
0::
u en
Q
'"'
0 z
...,
All cores shall be arranged neatly in the partitioned boxes in the same sequence in which they occurred before removal from the hole. Facing the open box. with the hinged cover away from the observer and the open box closer to the observer, cores shall be arranged in descending sequence beginning at the upper left end of the partition farthest from the observer and continuing in the other partitions from left to right to the right hand corner close to the observer. The highest core shall be placed in Box 1, and lower portions of the core shall be placed in the other boxes in consecutive order. All cores shall be photographed with a folding rule or measuring tape temporarily placed lengthwise along the edge of the box so that core piece lengths may be readily discerned. The photographs shall clearly illustrate the condition of the core, and the identification labels and marks outlined in subparagraph (a), above. Copies of photographs of all cores recovered on the PROJECT shall be included in the final report. c) Test Samples Rock samples selected for testing shall be preserved plastic membrane and sealing to avoid moisture loss, or subject to the approval of the COMPANY. Preserved properly positioned in the core box and identified with required in subparagraph (1), above. F. Care and Deliverv of Samples The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for preserving all samples in his possession in good condition. The CONTRACTOR shall keep samples from freezing, from undue exposure to the weather and sun, and shall keep all descriptive labels and designations on sample jars, bags, and boxes clean and legible. Samples shall be delivered within the time limits specified for each type of investigation. In general, no sample shall remain at the WORK SITE for more than one week after beinq taken. Samples shall be retained by the CONTRACTOR at his laboratory for a period of not less than ninety (90) days following submittal of the final report. The CONTRACTOR may then either destroy the samples, or make delivery to the COMPANY if so directed by the COMPANY.
G. F re i9.b!lD..9
REVISIONS
P"EPARED IIV,
DAn:,
Cllbi'!> HY,
M.
2()12~()9~26
APPROVED
by wrapping with by other methods samples shall be a tag or label as
EIIV~E&IH) ENC. SUPPOI<T DIV.
ou/
CSM
2()12~()9~26
l>An:,
2(112~()9~26
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for freighting all samples for which laboratory testing is required as specified in the SERVICE ORDER. This includes transportation to the CONTRACTOR's laboratory and may include commercial freighting to other laboratories if required for tests, which the CONTRACTOR cannot perform in his laboratory or within the time frame of the SERVICE ORDER. H. Supplementarv Subsurface Exploration Subsurface exploration, that is abandoned or from which unsatisfactory samples are being obtained, shall be supplemented by other exploration adjacent to the original, in order that satisfactory samples or the required information is obtained. Penetration to abandonment depth or to the depths where unsatisfactory samples were obtained, may be made by any methods selected by the CONTRACTOR that
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING PLANTNO
DOCUMENT NO.
PAGENO. 17
REV.
.IOB ORDER
NO~
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX
-XVII
OF 49
i~ u
Q
s:-4~ ~J~\
A.s~\
~
Q
~ u
z 0 ;: "-
0: u
CJ)
'" Q
in the opinion of the COMPANY will permit satisfactory completion. No additional payment will be made for supplementary subsurface explorations that are required to replace those abandoned or from which satisfactory samples were not obtained because of mechanical failure of equipment, negligence on the part of the CONTRACTOR, or other preventable causes for which the CONTRACTOR is responsible. Payment will be made for acceptable portions of these supplementary subsurface explorations below the depths or outside the reaches of the previously accepted WORK.
2.04
0 z '"
M
EXPLORATION - OPEN EXCAVATION AND SAMPLING METHODS
A. Test Pits and Samllil!Jg

1) Definition A test pit will be any excavation in soil, decomposed rock, or overburden, which has an open cross-section area large enough to permit efficient excavation, engineering inspection, and undisturbed sampling. Test pit excavations will not be continued below the water table. 2) Equipment and Supplies The equipment and supplies shall include suitable backhoes, picks, shovels, and sampling tools. Backhoes used for all test pitting shall be capable of digging pits to depths specified in the SERVICE ORDER. Supplies, which the CONTRACTOR shall furnish for obtaining undisturbed samples, shall include split metal cylinders complete with bolts and nuts for tightening, and/or bolted metal or wooden boxes of acceptable size and types. The minimum inside dimensions of tightened cylinders shall be 200 mm (8 inches) in diameter by 300 mm (12 inches) in length and the cubic boxes, shall have 250 mm (10 inches) dimensions. Accessories to be supplied by the CONTRACTOR shall include a small sample trimming shovel or spade, hatchet, trimming knife, paraffin and facilities for melting and brush application, trowels, labels, boxes for shipping samples, and lumber for shoring test pits. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish bags with ties and tags for containing disturbed samples. 3) Procedures a) Excavation Excavation shall conform to the requirements of the COMPANY Manual, Part 3, Section 1-307, "Excavation and Trenches". Safety
REVISIONS I'''E''ARE!) 'IV,

DATE, CIIK~V'
~
2012-09-26
~.
v
AI'I""'V>:!)
EHV-E&oD ENG. SUPPORT D'V.
(dI/
CSM
2012-09-26
OHRAT'NG
DEPA"TMENT
DATE,
"112-09-26
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORoERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
b) Undisturbed Samplinq In obtaining undisturbed samples from test pits, the undisturbed natural physical and structural characteristics of the samples of in-situ material shall be preserved insofar as possible both while samples are being taken and
ROllNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANT N1 INDEX I DOCUMENT NO. NO.I REV.
.JOB ORDER
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
18
OF 49
l 0
'"' 0:
'" U SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~4~
~..\~\ ~y1J1
"
'" :t U
" ~ "' during shipment to the point of testing. In cohesive and partially cohesive soils, this may be accomplished by isolating the soil column or cube to be sampled by gently trenching around it and knife-trimming it to the required dimensions of the split cylinder or box. A thin coating of melted paraffin shall then be applied quickly, but gently, to the sample with a paint brush, to seal it against loss of moisture. The metal or wooden sample container, with bolts tightened shall then be placed over the paraffin coated sample and all clearances between the sample and the walls of the container filled with melted paraffin. After the paraffin has hardened, the soil column or cube shall be cut-off a few inches below the container, the sample and container inverted and removed from the pit, and the sample trimmed at the base. A brush coating of paraffin shall then be applied to the exposed portion. Where overburden materials to be sampled are only partially cohesive, it is best not to isolate the soil column for its full length before paraffining and lowering the container. By exposing and paraffining small sections at a time, and progressively lowering the container, the sample will be subjected to less disturbance. Where natural moisture content is an important factor, delay shall be avoided in taking the sample, in order that the natural moisture content of the material may be retained to the fullest extent. c) Disturbed samplinq Disturbed samples shall be taken from the side walls of the test pit. The size of the disturbed samples shall be adequate for the quantity of materials required for the types of laboratory tests outlined in the SERVICE ORDER. Sample containers may be cloth or burlap bags or, if moisture loss is to be minimized, heavy duty plastic bags. In any case, the strength of the bags must be sufficient to resist tearing or splitting during handling of the contained samples. All bags must contain an inside label and an outside tag showing pertinent information as required for Soil Classification Samples. d) Disposition of Samples Cylindrical and box samples shall be packed in dry packing and freighted in sturdy wooden boxes of strength and construction sufficient to guarantee against damage during shipment. Boxes should be no larger than is required for freighting two such samples. Both box samples and boxed cylindrical
z 0
i= ..
Q
Q: u '" '"
0 z
....
....
REVISIONS
I'RI:I'ARF,O lW,
Y
!I'.0'.'"
()An:, CIIK'()ay,
AI'I'RUV!:() ElIV.F,&1)1) ENG. SlII'I'OIn IHV.
rW
CSM
'012.0'.'"
OPERATING ()EI'ARTMENT
samples shall be marked "FRAGILE - HANDLE WITH CARE" and shall be

DATE, '012.0'.'
identified by labels, similar to those for Undisturbed Samples taken from borings, attached to inside and outside of each box. The CONTRACTOR shall avoid exposing sealed and crated samples to extremes of temperature. Undisturbed Samples permitted to freeze, even partially, shall be replaced by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. The CONTRACTOR shall not hold these samples at the site of exploration for a period in excess of one (1) week.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USEI) FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORI)ERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIEI) ANI) I)ATED
B.
Test Trenches and SamQ!io.g 1) Definition

.IOB ORDER NO.
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
19 OF 49
,.: a: '" U
0
~L:~
~.)~\
A.sy1j\
~ "'
0
'" :t
U
A test trench will be any excavation in soil, decomposed rock or overburden with a cross-section equal to the width of a bulldozer blade. Test trenches will not be continued below the water table. 2) Equipment and Supplies
z 0 i= 0..
;: U vo '"' Q
0 z
'"
~AAO I ~
The equipment and supplies shall include suitable bulldozers, hand tools and sampling equipment. Test trenches, which are to be dug to refusal, shall be excavated using a bulldozer equivalent to a Caterpillar Model 0-9 rated at 385 HP off the flywheel with a dozer blade and a single tooth ripper. Supplies, which the CONTRACTOR shall furnish for obtaining undisturbed samples, shall be as listed in "Test Pits and Sampling". 3) Procedures a) Excavation shall conform to the requirements of the company Safety Manual, Part 3, Section 1-307, "Excavation and Trenches". b) Sampling shall be as specified in "Test Pits and Sampling".
REVISIONS rRErAln:D 'n', DATE' , CII DBY,
-- 2012-09-26
API'ROVED
C. Testing
Testing of materials exposed by excavation shall be performed as directed by the COMPANY. Testing may include any of the WORK described in Section 2.07, Standards for In-Situ Field Testing and Instrumentation, subparagraphs A, S, C, H, K and L. The payment for such field testing shall be exclusive of payment for test pit and/or trenches, based on the established unit price for each test.
EHV-E&I)I) ENG. SUPPORT DIV.
CJtI/
CSM
21112-09-26
OPERATING DEI'ARTMENT
2.05
EXPLORATION - CONE PENETRATION TEST METHODS

The scope, definitions, apparatus, procedure, special techniques, precautions, precision, accuracy and report shall be in accordance with ASTM 03441, "Deep, Quasi - Static, Cone and Friction-Cone Penetration Tests of Soil". The equipment shall be capable of exerting 100 kg/cm2 pressure on a standard cone tip.
DATE,
""'-09-'"
2.06 EXPLORATION - GEOPHYSICAL
METHODS
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO IIF: USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDF:RING MATF:RIALS UNTIL CERTlFIF:D AND DATF:D
The scope, definitions, and procedures for geophysical explorations shall be in general accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the apparatus used by the CONTRACTOR for each type of test. The type of apparatus and auxiliary equipment, special techniques, precautions, precision, accuracy and report shall be subject to approval by the COMPANY and shall be in general accordance with the following requirements for each type of test. The type of apparatus and auxiliary equipment, special techniques, precautions, precision, accuracy and report shall be subject to approval by the COMPANY and shall be in general accordance with the following requirements for each type of test.
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING PLANTN1

.lOB ORDER NO.
INDEX I DOCUMENT NO. NO.I 20
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
OF 49
l 0
" f;3
u
Q
~4~
~..I~I ~y1j\
~ ~
'" u
'"
Q
A. RefractionSeismic Testing 1) ~ment

The apparatus used for refraction seismic testing shall be of the hammer-impact
~
>= "-
CJ)
Q
c;: u '"
sensitive type similar to the Nimbus Enhancement Seismograph Model ES-125 or the Bison Model 1575 B, Automatic Signal Enhancement Seismograph. Accessory equipment shall include a Strip Chart Recorder, Vertical Geophone, Horizontal Geophone, as well as hammers, cables, switches, and other items required for the performance of a complete seismic refraction traverse having a length of at least 100 meters.
..,
N
0 z
2) Procedures Refraction surveys will be conducted in accordance with the procedures recommended for the equipment being used, and shall provide a precision and accuracy of data as required for evaluation of strata changes within a maximum depth of 30 meters. Hammer impact points, generally, should not be farther apart than 3 meters and the spacing should be reduced, where necessary, to accurately delineate changes in seismic velocity of subsurface materials. Elevation of ground surface shall be determined at each impact point relative to a bench mark elevation provided by the COMPANY's Survey Division or to the center of traverse at an assumed elevation of 100.000 meters. Double traverse (forward and reverse) shall be performed at each location to evaluate strata dip and subsurface irregularities. Right angle double traverses and/or radial traverses may be required as directed by the COMPANY. Seismic velocity at a given impact point shall be based on the cumulative average of "first arrival" wave time for three or more hammer blows. 3) Records When a clear wave pattern is developed for "first arrival" wave time, the time shall be recorded in the field notes for the traverse. When the "first arrival" is questionable, the wave pattern shall be reproduced on the Strip Chart Recorder. Field notes and computations shall be recorded on forms described in the following subparagraph 6.A.4. Records and copies shall be provided to the COMPANY as required therein. If voluminous, The records may be presented in a separate volume of the final report. 4) Analvsis and reports Analysis of field data shall generally conform to the procedures and techniques described in "The Handbook of Engineering Geophysics", Bison Instruments, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA. When field data is voluminous, the computer program for analysis of the multiple-dipping-Iayer structure described in Chapter 12 of the Handbook, may be used. Reports shall include timedistance plots showing average arrival time from each impact point, "best fit" velocity and depth for each stratum, dip and top of rock irregularities. Where possible, evaluation of subsurface materials should be correlated with
ROLlNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONANDMATERIAL TESTING
PLANT NOJ INDEX
REVISIONS
P"EPARE!) HY, I~
!)AlT,
CIIKII)HV,
2012.09.26
AP"IH)Vt:I) EBV.F,&IJI) ENC. SIH'PORT
I)IV.
cdtI
CSM
2012.09.26
OPERATING !)EPARTMENT
!)ATE,
2012.09.26
I DOCUMENT NO.
PAGENO.
REV.
.lOB ORDEI~
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
21
OF
49
" ''" "

u
Q
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY subsurface conditions encountered outcrops or man-made excavations. B. Cross-Hole Seismic Testing 1) Obiective and Principle
~L:~
~J~I
~~\
~
-< Q
'<
in test borings or exposed
in natural
z 0 ;:: ";;: u '"

Q
""
This test shall be used to determine compression (P) and shear (S) wave velocities through subsurface materials at various depths for estimation of physical characteristics and engineering parameters of the materials. The principle consists of recording the time it takes for a particular type of sonic wave to travel a known distance between the impulse originating in one borehole and the signal receiving device, geophone, in another borehole. The signal received by geophone is amplified, displayed and enhanced by a remote seismograph on the ground surface.
0 z
REVISIONS
P"EPARED DATE' Cllk"t)
BV,
~
2012-09-26
BV,
2) ~ment
The apparatus used for cross-hole seismic testing shall be of the hammer impact sensitive type similar to the signal enhancement seismograph OYO MSBIS-150. Accessory equipment shall include a Strip Chart Recorder, Vertical Geophone, hammer, cables, switches and other items required for the performance of cross-hole seismic testing. 3) Procedures At present, there is no ASTM or other Industry Standard available for this test. Until such a Standard becomes available, the following test procedure shall generally be followed: a) The receiver hole shall be drilled, sampled and cased to the maximum desired depth of the cross-hole test.
AI'PROVED
EHV-E&DD ENC. SUPpORT "IV.
(iJ/
CSM
2012-09-26
CElnlFIED
b) The impulse hole shall be drilled a distance of three to five meters away to about 1.5 meters depth. The drill rod shall then be detached from the rig and a steel anvil shall be screwed on the rod. c) The rod shall be struck with a sledge hammer, creating an impulse that travels down the rod and into the soil, and also initiating the time base in the seismograph. d) The impulse shall be detected by a geophone, placed at the same depth as the end of the rod in the receiver hole, and relayed in electronic signal to the seismograph. e) The seismograph shall display the wave pattern sensed by the geophone on its cathode ray tube screen.
OAT'"
2012-09-26
THIS "RAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
ROllNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING

PLANT N1
.IOB ORDER NO.
INDEX I DOCUMENT NO. NO.I
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
22
OF 49
l 0
,.: ~ u
s:.4.J+S..U~..I~\
~y13\
" t ~ "
" u
f) This pattern shall be shown to the scale of a preselected time base such that the time from the original impulse to the time of the impulse arrival for various waves can be measured, g) Knowing the travel time and travel distance, the wave velocities at that particular depth shall be computed, h) The drill rod shall be advanced to a greater depth and the above procedure repeated, 4) Records
z 0
"-
i= i:2 u en
'" Q
0 z
'"
REVISIONS
PREPARED 1>An;,
CHK'n
'IV,
K
012-0'-'"
When a clear pattern is developed for the first arrival time of the various waves, the time shall be recorded in the field notes, When the first arrival times are questionable, the wave pattern shall be reproduced on the Strip Chart Recorder, Records and copies shall be provided to the COMPANY, 5) Analyses and Reports Field data shall be analyzed to determine compression (P) and shear (S) wave velocities and estimate there from the physical and engineering characteristics of the materials, Reports shall include time-distance plots showing average arrival time for the two waves from each impact point, best fit velocities and depth for each test. Where possible, evaluation of subsurface materials should be correlated with subsurface conditions encountered in test borings or exposed in natural outcrops or man-made excavations, c. Electrical Resistivity The apparatus and accessory equipment used for evaluation of subsurface conditions, based on the apparent electrical Resistivity, shall be comparable to the Soil Test R-40C Resistivity Meter with a sensitivity adequate for evaluation of materials to a depth of 30 meters, The scope, definitions, procedure, special techniques and precautions, report and precision and accuracy shall be in accordance with ASTM G-57, "Field Measurement of Soil Resistivity Using the Wenner Four-Electrode Method", Analysis of field data shall generally conform to the procedures and techniques described in "Earth Resistivity Manual", Soil Test, Inc" Evanston, Illinois, U,S,A., and the results shall be presented as described therein, 2.07 STANDARDS FOR IN-SITU FIELD TESTING AND INSTRUMENTATION A. Dry Unit Weiqht and Moisture Content In accordance with any of the standard test procedures described in: 1) ASTM 01556 Density of Soil In-Place by the Sand-Cone Method 2) ASTM 02167 Density Method of Soil In-Place by the Rubber-Balloon
BY,
APPROVED
EIW-E&DD ENG. SUI'I'ORT
DlV.
(1Lt/
CSM
'012-0'-'"
OPERATING
DPAlnMENT
CERTIFIED
BY'~~~
DATE, '0'H'-'"
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO B~: USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDICRING MA TERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
ROL/NFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING

PLANT N1
JOB ORDER NO.
INDEX I DOCUMENT NO, NO,I
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
49
23
;.: " '" u
s:.4~~..\~\
Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) In-Place
~~I
by
~ ."
Q
~ u
3) ASTM 02922
4) ASTM 02937
Density of Soil In-Place by the Drive-Cylinder Method
z 0 1=
'"
The method used shall be clearly indicated for each test result presented in the final report.
'" u '"
'" Q
B. Moisture Content Direct

In accordance with ASTM D3017, "Moisture Content of Soil and Soil Aggregate InPlace by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)".
0 z
....
C.
Plate Bearinq Tests In Accordance with ASTM 01194, "Bearing Capacity of Soil for Static Load on Spread Footings", except that dial gages accurate to 0.025 mm (0.001 inch) shall be used to measure deflections. The Unit Rate for this item shall include mobilization/demobilization charges.
REVISIONS
"RE"ARED
'IV,
~
'"12-(1'-'"
OAn:,
CIIKJI'> RY,
D.
APPROYED
Full Scale Spread Footinq Load Tests In general accordance with ASTM 01194. For each specific case, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY the test set up, the equipment to be used, the step by step procedure and the final report format. Tests will not be started until these documents are reviewed and approved by the COMPANY. Testing equipment shall be capable of exerting maximum test load up to 2700 kN (=300 tons). Mobilization/Demobilization for this item shall be paid as a separate pay item.
EHY-E&IJI) ENG. SUI'I'OIIT
DIY.
CIJI/
CSM '(112-(1'-".
OPERATING
DEPARTM':"'''
E. Pile Load Test

Mobilization/Demobilization item: 1) Compression Load Test In accordance with ASTM 01143, "Piles under Axial Compressive Load", except that the ASTM 01143 (Figure 1) loading method of jacking against hold-down piles shall not be used where dead-load reaction is feasible- The equipment shall be capable of applying a maximum test load of up to 1800 kN (=200 tons). 2)
THIS DRAWING
IS NOT TO BE USEIJ FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORIJERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTlFIEIJ ANIJ IJA TEIJ
for the following tests shall be paid as a separate pay
k_07L R~~~
DATE, '(112-(1'-".
Tension Load Test In accordance with ASTM 03689, "Individual Piles Under Static Axial Tensile Load". The equipment shall be capable of applying a maximum test load of up to 900 kN (=100 tons)-
3)
Lateral Load Test
ROL/NFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING

.JOB ORDER NO.
PLANT NOJ
PAGENO.
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
24
OF
49
..: '" '" u

Q
~4~
~..I~I ~y:J1
:: "'
~ v
Q
In accordance with ASTM D3966, "Piles Under Lateral Loads". The equipment shall be capable of applying maximum test load of up to 900 kN (=100 tons). 4) Inclined Tension Load Test This test will generally be applicable where the stub angle is embedded vertical. In the absence of a directly performed in general accordance hereafter. to foundations of transmission line towers in foundation concrete at an angle to the related ASTM Standard, the test shall be with ASTM D3689, except as modified
z 0 1= ... C2 U <J>
'" Q
0 z
..,
REVISIONS PREl'ARm BV,

DATE,
C,,)t'"DBV,
The testing assembly shall be capable of applying a maximum tensile load of 1100 kN (=125 tons) in a direction axial to the stub angle at a tower footing. The test loads shall be transmitted to the ground through the test frame resting on leveling pads on the ground. Horizontal and vertical movements shall be measured during the test at a minimum of three locations on the footing. The movement of the stub angle shall be measured at two locations. The dial gages for measuring movements shall be either 0.076 mm (0.003) in.) per division or 0.025 mm (0.001 in.) per division, as necessary for accurate assessment of movement. Electronic load cells shall be used to measure the applied load by the jacks. These cells shall be accurate to about 890 N (200 Ibs.), and shall be calibrated before and after the tests are performed. Loads shall be applied in maximum increments of 45 kN (=5 tons). Each load shall be held for a minimum of about 15 minutes, or until the movement rate becomes less than 0.254 mm (0.01 in.) per hour. Load shall be raised to design load and held for at least 6 hours. Unloading shall be done in three equal decrements. Each decrement shall be held until the rate of movement is less than 0.254 mm (0.01 in.) per hour. Readings during loading and unloading shall be taken at time intervals of 30 seconds, 1, 2, 4, 8, 15, 30 minutes and one hour as necessary. The final readings after unloading shall be taken immediately and 2 hours after all the load has been removed. The above procedure shall be repeated by reloading the foundation to failure or to a maximum specified test load and then unloading in three decrements. The report shall present load-movement curve for each test together with the estimated failure load. The observed mode of failure shall also be described.
I~
2012-09-26
APPROVI:I)
EHV.E&DD ENC. SUPPORT DIV.
tL/Y'
CSM
2012-09-26
OPERATING DEI'ARTMENT
DATE,
'012-09-26
F.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USEI> FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORI>ERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED ANI) I>ATEI>
Ground Water Observations and Permeability Tests 1) Piezometer Installation and Observation Will be directed primarily towards possible seasonal variations thereof, observation wells. The Piezometers perforated PVC pipe, plastic filter evaluation of "static" water levels and as recorded by water levels measured in shall be of the stand pipe type, utilizing screens and selected backfill materials
ROLlNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING

.1011 ORDER NO.
PLANT NOJ
INDEX I DOCUMENT NO. I PAGENO.
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX - XVII
25
OF 49
,..:
5 u
Q
~
~~~
~J~\
~,y1j\
~ installed in drilled holes as shown on Plates 11-3and 11-4.The installation and observation shall be in accordance with Chapter 1.10, Ground Water Investigation, "Foundation Engineering Handbook", Winterhorn and Fang, Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. 1975. Piezometers may be installed in test borings, subject to the approval of the COMPANY, or in special holes drilled for installation of Piezometers. In either case, drilling of the hole will be a separate pay item or items.
'"
z c
1=
"-
;;:
U en Q
'"'
0 z
'"
REVISIONS
PRF.PARF.D
IIV,
y
21112-119-2"
DATr"
('IIKIt> IIV,
APPROVED
EHV-E&IH) ENG, SUPPORT
()IV,
w
CSM
21112-119.2.
OPF.RATING
DF.PARTMF.NT
CERTIFIED
))
'Hn:,
""'-"9-'"
ROL/NFP/CSM - 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANT N1
.lOB ORDER NO,
INDEX I DOCUMENT NO. NO.!
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
IAPPENDIX. XVII
26
OF 49
l 0
;.: '" "' v

Q
SAUDI ELECTRICITYCOMPANY
~4~
THREAD,[Qi ST[[LCAP'~iITH
~j,y...J\~y.!iJ\
~
Q
'"
-",'
"',
/"""'"
l~
I.li
~4:0~i\IPi 't'j E'i"j H EL o1,;r., eFL-H' M!~h
DU)
Vi!'!1..I
! Ln,,-,,,,r.,
'li
~' //
z
0 1=
"'t'
~l~
,,,' i' ~IC."..
' ",i~i1 :,'i,~ '~ ,,...,4.,,*, 1r ' J'r(~T~Jil I",.."".J!..H, ." ',
'
"
'
,, ,
,,
'I D i\'.T 3 TE ! ," ~u , HITE

',' "
r ",,1 'E",
, ,
r
'
''
'IT
0.
C2 U U)
~
~,~
'
HOLErtn.lrM~TE[J.
m~ tAJi,
1N
B;LtlCKiPtI]}H
"' Q
"
t..,!~~
,,'''-' ,"
r
O
,
GROUrliD
"~'-''''-'-''
0 z REVISIONS
,~ ~'
GA'OI.H
STEEL Ct!SD~4:G H00mm 1.0. ~m~.~

TEMPEt! UJE~H)t,;n:TE PELLETS
4
A"PROVED
~('I
:2
$
~
EHV.E&DD ENc. SUPPORT !)IV,
I. pi~;CPlfiE SHALL HAi.lE A ~tIN.1.0. iQF(~jFfIf'fl. . ,! LL N, -t:: H '~!f' 'if n r~ ~; ELL Sf~r E , [H"' CiY E ,_. p,,,,..rcTT "',"" ~F P ',"" ..,.~.."t. -"
'
, _,
dIU
CSM
2012.11'-26
BE. Pt UlG.GEO.
"
Q
LL~
f.>:':'1
Q~ L.1J':::t
3. ONE 31f'iffiJ "ErH H()LE. SH pl L 'BE ,(lR]LLE~) It~ THE CAS]Ni~ 15.mJmBELf'~ THE BOTHUA {jIF 1H E t~P.
OI'ERATlNG
DEPARTMENT
~~
tI:1l:;
Q-;; L.1J q:qJ
if.. PROTEC111~'E PIPE, LOCt~. AtitiGROlllT REOmAEO FOR!\LL U'i1$TALLA110~~$ " '-i :' ''' f\! 7' ~ t'ti.Iil ~. . ,n ";';' ][qj~VI 'r -E TE~i!~f lE(. .. .;.;;:. IE I,}!,,"",...,} . 1 TH E~ "'" r "',~ E r '.,.",. '1IIf",,,,I1.H'. I
'
'
. .
..
.' ..
5. .~
- iktE TErtS
mm
- Mll Lli.4E TERS

MINJ.J
,:.\tt
DATE,
"112.0,.2(,
P]PEf~Srnrn ].I}.
~.
PEA GiRA\'"EL tS~4ALL[S-T CI)NsmUENT MUST~E NOSMALLE~ THANwELL SCREE.~ 5t O'TOF MESH;'
Pv'C tELL SC~:EEN
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR OImERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTlFlF.n ANn nATF.n
l TI \j,t"!
'1' ii
JiL.\T-fl
,~>: ir T I E F THT1'! !'l.l'!J 'u';" ill :!.L V 'L. 'u\"E .

r;'
"' ";'
"'r'!i!:I
if '
MAY BE AL THID;
.
FCtR SITE C;O~m.ITIa{rfS
PLA TE l[ -3.
.JOB ORDER NO.
r ':J 1n~1 r IE ;L..!..' J',\ ETE I :' \-t;, "".

.
;~ .
N GL E ').' ET. .H.. IL - '~ D ,,J I ., ''''''

'~ n
. . .
.
(.T 8 L L lj Tl f) ~' Ir J
"~
'
. ';j,
.:
i"'1
""I"~
.
INDEX
PLANT Ni
REV.
I DOGUMENTNO.
27
NOJ
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX- XVII
OF 49
l 0
"
::;
u
0
~4~
~J~\
~y1J1
~
~
0 :. :z: u
'>;; t:s. -.
z 0 1= 02 u <IJ ... 0
M! '!J
rc, TE it:. J
:j1' '~ TE .C:-EE '! R
II-~ .,J
0 z
REVISIONS
,'REPARED BV,
T~J,~PEO ~ITE PE LLETS ~~'.5~O

1on-ll9.,.
DATE'~
C~BV' V
APP"OVEO
ply'C
PH' E
EHY.E&DD ENG. SUPI'ORT DIY.
PEA GRAvEL[SMALLEST CONSTITUENT
MU5TBENu
CSM
$~A.A1LH1 THAN WELL
SCREEN SLOT OF MESH~

P\i'C 'EL L SCR EE~
20n-ll'.'.
OrEllAllNG
DEPARTMENT
APPROXiMATE 3.0M TEIMPED BENTONITE PELLETS
BY, "OIlAM''''D DATE,
~~
,\t.-SAFFAR
,",,-",.,
~l!t "'TP . ~ P .1. E

>J
PEA G~MJE Lt AS AEH)vE
THIS DI\AWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
PVC
WEll SCREEN
PLATE 11-4 PIEZOMETER DETAil - MULTIPLEINSTALLATIONS

ROUNFP/CSM GEOTECHNICAL
JOB ORDER NO.
- 2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
INDEX PLANT N1 I DOCUMENT NO. NO.I 28
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX - XVII
OF 49
l 0
,.: '" '" "
~l.:a~ ~J~I
4..s~\
~ .,
'" '" '" "
2) Permeabilitv TestinQ Shall be limited to falling-head type testing conducted in suitably cased bore holes, or in standpipes or Piezometers contained in adequately backfilled bore holes. General procedures shall be in accordance with the reference cited in subparagraph (1), preceding.
z
0
1= "Q1
u '"
'"
Q
G. Electrical Resistivity
Where definitive values of electrical resistivity of subsurface materials are required for analysis of grounding problems for COMPANY structures, the field tests will be conducted in accordance with ASTM G57, Rev. A, "Field Measurement of Soil Resistivity Using the Wenner Four Electrode Method", as also required in Section 2.06.C for geophysical exploration.
0 z
..,
REVISIONS
I'REI'ARED IIV,
~
'"12-"9-2(,
H. Thermal Resistivity
In accordance with IEEE* 442, "Soil Thermal Resistivity Measurements", an outline of the procedure is described herein: Insert the probe into a soil mass and allow the probe to come into thermal equilibrium with the soil. An electrical current is then passed through the heating element causing temperature rises in the interior of the probe. A thermocouple inside the probe measures the heat rise and readings are taken at intervals measured by a stopwatch. The time temperature data reduction is done then by graphical means. More sophisticated data reduction procedures may be adopted by the CONTRACTOR upon COMPANY's approval. Supplementary soil data (e.g., in-situ soil density and moisture content) shall be obtained as directed by the COMPANY.
nAn:,
v
CIIK>!\BY,
AI'I'ROYEI>
EHY-E&I!I! ENG. SUPPORT my.
(dtI
CSM
'"12-""-'6
OI'ERATI~G nEI'ARTMENT
I.
Field Vane Shear Test Vane Shear Test shall be in accordance with ASTM 02573, "Method for Field Vane Shear Test in Cohesive Soils",
J.
'
Pressuremeter Test Pressuremeter testing shall be in accordance with ASTM 04719, "Standard Test Method for Pressuremeter Testing in Soils".
"
nATE,
1111?!19-'6
K. Percolation Test
In accordance with the ARAMCO Sanitary Code, Section IX-B, 9.18.4.
L. Other Considerations
TillS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
Certain other Standards, which shall be observed in the performance of field WORK but do not represent separate pay items include: 1) General Field Procedures
Sampling
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING PLANTNOJ
INDEX
in accordance with ASTM 0420, "Investigating and

Purposes".
Soil and Rock for Engineering
I DOCUMENT NO.
PAGENO. 29
REV.
.1011 ORJ)ER
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX.
XVII
OF 49
;-: ~ u
Q
~4~
~J~\
~y1!1
~ "'
Q :.
2) Visual Classification of Soil - field evaluation of soil classification based on ASTM D2487, "Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes", and ASTM D2488, "Descriptions of Soils (Visual-Manual Procedures), or ASTM D3282, "Classification of Soil and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures for Highway Construction Purposes", as directed by the COMPANY. 2.08 FIELD RECORDS The CONTRACTOR shall keep accurate subsurface logs and records of all field work accomplished under this CONTRACT and shall deliver complete, legible copies of these logs and records to the COMPANY upon completion of the WORK or at such other time or times as he may be directed. All such records shall be preserved in good condition and order by the CONTRACTOR until they are delivered and accepted. The COMPANY shall have the right to examine such records at any time prior to their delivery. Separate logs shall be made for each hole and test pit. The following information shall be included on the logs or in the records for each hole: A. Hole number or designation and elevation of top hole
z 0 1= 0. 2 u '" '" Q
0 z
..,
REVISIONS
"EI'AREJ) '''' U--!

"ATI;,
Cllt(." BY,
2012-tt9-2('
APPROYEJ)
B.
IJIV.
[IIV-E&"" ENG- SUppORT
Make and manufacturer's model designation of test-pit and trench excavation, drilling, and cone testing equipment
C. Type of drilling, sampling, and cone testing operation by depth
ciJt/
CSM
2ttl2-tt')-2('
D.
Dates and time by depths when test-pit and trench excavation, drilling, sampling and cone testing operations were performed Depths at which samples or cores were recovered or attempts made to sample or core including top and bottom depth of each run. or description by depths of the materials sampled, cored, or penetrated including a description of moisture conditions and of conditions of compactness or stiffness of materials encountered. This classification or description shall be made immediately following the taking of the samples or cores and in accordance with ASTM D2487 and ASTM D2488. Penetration and resistance such as drive-hammer blows given in blows per foot or part thereof for driving sample spoons and casing and as the pressure in pounds per square inch applied to push undisturbed samples Percentage of sample or core recovered per run and RQD value expressed as a percentage Depth at which ground water is encountered. Record Static Water Level and date at least 24 hours after the hole is finished Depths at which drill water is lost and amounts. Depth and distance of drill rod drops
E.
OI'ERATlNG "EP,\RTMENT
F. Classification
G.
"ATE,
2012-09-'
H.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USEI> FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
I. J.
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING

JOB ORDER NO.
PLANTNOJ
INDEX
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
30
OF
49
'"'
... u
Q
'"
~4~
~..I~\ ~y1J\
~
-< Q :.
'" u
K. Depth of bottom of hole

Additionally, records of test data for all field testing shall be provided in accordance with the Standards specified in Section 2.07. The CONTRACTOR will provide sample copies of standard forms for each test to the COMPANY for review and approval prior to performance of tests. The presence of a COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE or the keeping of separate records by the COMPANY shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for the WORK specified in this paragraph. Payment will not be made for any WORK for which the required records have not been furnished by the CONTRACTOR.
z 0 1= ~
C2
u '" '"
0 z
..,
...
2.09
LABORATORY TESTING
All samples received in the laboratory shall be inspected and visually classified by an engineer or geologist. The condition of the samples shall be recorded and representative samples suitable for testing shall be selected and stored in a manner that will protect the samples from fluctuations in temperature or low humidity. Regardless of the basic purpose or type of test (classification, strength, volume change), it is not intended that all samples be subjected to testing. Testing should be limited to samples representative of significant subsurface conditions; and, the numbers and types of test should be limited to those which will contribute to the geotechnical evaluation of subsurface conditions for the specific PROJECT. Payment will not be made for any laboratory testing that represents needless duplication of test data or that is not related to significant tangible geotechnical considerations or that is not specifically identified in the approved SERVICE ORDER.
REVISIONS
PREPARD'IV,
~
2012-09-21> 17
I)An;,A C"~Y'
APPROYt:I>
EHV-E&I)I) ENG. SU,','ORT
DlV.
att/
CSM
2012-09-21>
OPERATING "EPART"ENT
2.10 STANDARDS FOR LABORATORY TESTING

Where relevant Standards are applicable, the laboratory WORK shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) or in accordance to such other procedures and Standards delineated or referenced herein. Where relevant standards are not necessarily applicable, guide Standards are provided. Reference to a specific standard does not necessarily represent a pay item unless so indicated. Standards included in another test procedure or which are required for the general operation of the laboratory (e.g. ASTM D421, "Dry preparation of Soil Samples for Particles Size Analysis and Determination of Soil Constants") are not considered to be separate pay items. Standards for laboratory testing are as follows:
"ATE,
10'2-119-'
A. Visual Classification
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOI~ ORDERING MATRRIALS UNTIL CERTlFIRD AND DATRI)
Evaluation and classification of soil samples according to the criteria provided in ASTM D2487, "Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes" and ASTM D2488, "Description of Soils (Visual-Manual Procedures)" or, if directed by the COMPANY, ASTM D3282, "Classification of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures for Highway Construction Purposes", without benefit of supporting laboratory classification test data; and, evaluation and classification of rock samples by
PLANT NOJ
PAGENO. 31
REV.
.lOB ORDER
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX
-XVII
OF 49
;-: r;: u
Q
~4~
A..:..I~IA..s~\
~
~ Q
:t: U
'"
composition, structure and hardness according to the criteria described in Section Ill: Guidelines for Preparation of Final Logs. Visual classification is not a separate pay item.
B. ClassificationTesting
2: 0 f=
002 u '" '" Q
0 2:
'"
REVISIONS
PRE"ARED BY'
Identification of soil types based on laboratory testing shall not be separate pay item. The cost shall be included in the costs of the various tests required for identification based on the criteria of ASTM' 02487 or ASTM 03283. Tests shall be assigned by the CONTRACTOR only after review of field data and visual classification of samples recovered. Sufficient tests shall be performed to confirm or modify visual classifications. Excessive testing, where definite visual classification is possible, shall be avoided. Testing shall be done primarily on materials, which are borderline and are difficult to classify. A soils sample would be ML-CL or SP-SM. Classification tests shall include: 1) Particle -Size Analysis/Mechanical In accordance with ASTM 0422, "Particle-Size Analysis of Soils", but not including hydrometer analysis 2) Particle-Size Analvsis/Hvdrometer In accordance with ASTM 0422, "Particle-Size Analysis of Soils", plus determination of specific gravity but not including sieve analysis 3) Percent Finer Than the #200, U.S. Standard Sieve In accordance with ASTM 01140 4) Plasticity Determination of the Plasticity Index based on the results of tests performed in accordance with ASTM 04318, "Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" C. Index Properties Testinq
DATE' ." 'D lW, Cl
.~
-rJ~
- 2912.99.2(,
APPROYED
EHV-E&DD ':NG. SUPPORT DIV.
w
CSM
2912.99.2(,
OPERATING nE"ARTMENT
CE'<TIFlED
BY~~<
DATE,
'912-99.2(,
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OI{ FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
Tests include those required to group soils in major strata and to provide a basis for evaluation of the structural characteristics utilizing a restricted number of "Structural Properties Tests" described in subparagraph 0, following. Index properties tests required as a part of any other standard laboratory test procedure (as in subparagraph B.2, above) are not pay items. When performed independently of other test procedures, payment will be made on the basis of the actual tests performed. Tests are to be assigned after evaluation of field data and as needed for extrapolation of other laboratory test data. Index properties tests include:
.JOB ORDER NO.
PLANTNOJ
INDEX
I DOCUMENT NO. I PAGEN'I
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX
- XVII
32
OF
49
I 0
;-:
1::
u
Q
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY Moisture content
~4~
~..\~\ ~y1j\
:: ., Q '" u
1)
In accordance with ASTM D2216, "Laboratory Determination (Moisture) Content of Soil, Rock and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures".
z 0 f:: "-
of Water
2)
Drv Unit Weiqht and Moisture Content No standard test procedure. Test to be performed on Undisturbed Soil Samples, Denison Samples or Rock Core with unaltered natural volume. Determine total dry weight of a sample of measured total volume, compute and provide Dry Unit Weight and Moisture Content.
02 u en '"' Q
0 z
'"
3)
Specific Gravitv Testing generally limited to materials finer than the #4, U.S. standard sieve in accordance with ASTM D854, "Specific Gravity of Soils", unless otherwise directed by the COMPANY. Reported specific gravity shall be based on the average of tests performed on three specimens of the same sample.
REVISIONS
P"[PARED BY, I~ D AT[, ~. 2012-09-26

. CI~Y'
-.
4)
APP"OYEI)
Natural Relative Density Natural dry unit weights expressed as Relative Density based on maximum and minimum densities, subparagraph E(2), following. Computation of relative density is not a separate pay item.
EtlV.E&1)1) ENG. SUI'!'ORT
I)IV.
I1IL/
CSM
2012.09.26
D. Structural Properties Testinq Tests performed only on Undisturbed Soil Samples, Denison Samples or Rock Core. The test program shall be planned for analysis of specific design problems and testing limited to specimens obtained from carefully selected high quality samples. Tests performed on mediocre samples will not be accepted or paid for by the COMPANY. Rigid standardization of test procedures is not appropriate for these tests. The test procedures described in: Lambe, "Soil Testing for Engineers" (Ref. 1) and/or ASTM, "Procedures for Testing Soils (Ref. 2) are considered to be appropriate with variations as described below: 1) Permeability Generally limited to the Constant Head Procedure (Ref. 2) on clean, coarse grained soils having less than ten percent (10%) finer than #200 U.S. standard sieve. Test procedures described in ASTM D2434, "Permeability of Granular Soils (Constant Head)", may be used as a guide. 2) Unconfined ComQression Generally in accordance with the procedures outlined in Ref. 1. ASTM D2166, "Unconfined Compressive Strength of Cohesive Soil", may be used as a guide. Trimming of specimens should be limited to "Squaring" of the ends (if capping is not appropriate). Reduction of specimen diameter by trimming is
DATE,
'012-09-26
THIS ORAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
ROLlNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONANDMATERIAL TESTING

PLANT N1
.JOB ORDER NO.
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
33 OF 49
NO.I
l 0
u
Q
" ::\
~
Q '" :c u
~4~
~..\~I ~~\
not acceptable. Ratio of specimen height to diameter should be less than

three and greater than two.
3) Triaxial Compression Generally in accordance with Ref. 1 and limitations on specimen trimming and specimen sizes as described above for unconfined compression; and, triaxial chambers and test platens must be of size to accommodate the specimens within these limitations. Triaxial tests to be paid for on a per test basis; either as one of a series of tests at different confining pressures or as individual tests at confining pressures approximately equal to "at-rest" lateral earth pressures for the in-situ condition. The procedures described in ASTM 02850, "Unconsolidated, Undrained Strength of Cohesive Soils in Triaxial Compression", are generally adequate for that type of test. Consolidated, undrained testing, with pore water pressure readings, as described in Ref. 1 will be required on all specimens tested at confining pressures comparable to earth pressure. 4) Direct Shear Generally limited to tests on cohesionless soils or to consolidated shear tests on fine grained soils. Test procedures generally as described in either Ref. 1 or Ref. 2. Consolidated shear test procedures outlined in ASTM 03080, "Direct Shear Test of Soils", may be used as a guide. 5) Elastic Moduli of Rock In general accordance with ASTM 03148, Specimens in Unaxial Compression". 6) Consolidation Test procedures generally as described in Ref. 1 or Ref. 2, except that individual loads may be maintained for more than 24 hours if secondary compression is a consideration. Test procedures outlined in ASTM 02435, "One-Dimensional Consolidation Properties of Soils", may be used as a guide. Test will be paid for on a per-increment-of-Ioading basis. "Elastic Moduli of Rock Core
;z; 0
02 u Vi '"' Q
0 ;z;
'"
REVISIONS
I'RF,I'ARF,() BY, IW 'F,' "
C"
~
) ''',
,012.09.'"
~
DIY.
AI'I'IWYF,() EHV.E&DD ENG. SUI'I'ORT
ttLt/
CSM
,012.09.'"
OI'ERATING nEI'AlnMENT
nATE,
20' 2.09.?(,
7)
EXQansion Pressure Specimen preparation and equipment as required in (6) above. Maximum pressure required to maintain zero volume change for 24 hours following saturation to be determined.
E. Compaction Testinq Test to be performed on disturbed bulk soil samples representative of significant materials. Structural properties tests may be assigned as required for geotechnical evaluation of proposed construction and will be paid for separately from compaction testing. Compaction tests, standards, and variations are as follows:
.JOB ORDER NO.
- 2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII OF l 0
49
'"'
1:3
s:.4~ ~J~I
4..s~\
~ ."
Q
~ u
1) Modified Compaction In accordance with ASTM 01557, "Moisture-Density Aggregate Mixtures Using 4.54 kg (10 Ibs) Rammer Method "0"; but, compacted specimens shall not compaction determinations unless authorized by the 2) Maximum and Minimum Densities In accordance with ASTM 04253, "Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory Table", and ASTM 04254, "Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density". These test methods are applicable to soils that may contain up to 15%, by weight, of soil particles passing a No. 200 sieve, provided they still have cohesion less, free draining characteristics. 3) California Bearinq Ratio (CBR) In accordance with ASTM 01883, "Bearing Ratio of Laboratory Compacted Soils", and sample compaction performed as specified in subparagraph (1), Modified Compaction, above, except that compaction energy will be varied as directed by the COMPANY. Determination of maximum density and optimum moisture by modified compaction is included and will not be paid as a separate item. Pay items will include CBR 3-point, unsoaked and CBR 3-point, soaked (4 days surcharged, with swell measurements taken daily). Relations of Soils and Soiland 18 in. (457 mm) Drop", be re-used for successive COMPANY.
2: 0 1=
"02 u '" to>

Q
0 2:
..,
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY,
DAn:,
.L~
APPROVE!>
~-
CII~Y' '(,
F.IIV-E&DD ENG. SUI'POHT I>IV.
tll//
CSM
'0" "
F. Chemical Analysis
Chemical tests shall be performed for water soluble salts as a percent by weight of dried sample at 105C to include sodium, potassium, sulfate, chloride ions and sodium chloride.
OPERATING
nEPARTMENT
G. Other Testing
Other laboratory testing than that described above will be required for materials quality control. Such tests are included in Schedule ~ with appropriate ASTM or other Standard designation. 2.11 LABORATORY TEST RECORDS All laboratory measurements and observations made for each test shall be recorded in a near, legible manner or forms appropriate to the test being performed. Forms used for this purpose are subject to the approval of the COMPANY. Copies of test data will be provided to the COMPANY upon request. Original test data will be preserved for a period of three years after submitting the test results to the COMPANY or for a lesser period if authorized by the COMPANY to destroy the data earlier.
!)An,
~l-.9-26
*** END OF SECTION

.JOB ORDER NO.
11
***
PLANTNOJ
INDEX
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX-XVII
35
OF
49
'"' '" '" u

co ~
co
~4~
~J~\
~~\
'" '" u
SECTION111-GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF FINAL LOGS

3.01 GENERAL Final logs shall be prepared using information and pertinent results from field logs and results of laboratory and/or field tests including Standard Penetration Test values. Overburden materials shall be classified according to ASTM 02487, "Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes"; and, ASTM 02488, "Description of Soils (Visual-Manual Procedures)", for all investigations other than those, which are primarily intended for evaluation of subgrade soils for pavement design. Soil designations and Group Symbols shall be used on all logs, conforming to the Unified Soil Classification as outlined on Table 111-1, attached. Rock classification shall be based on standard geologic terminology with applicable descriptive adjectives or numbers as shown on Table 111-2, attached. Subgrade soils will be classified in accordance with ASTM 03282, "Classification of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures for Highway Construction Purposes". Elevation and depths shall be shown for any change of material, weathering, top of rock and bottom of hole. Other pertinent information will be provided on the logs as described in the following paragraphs.
z 0 f= 0..
;: U '"
'" Q
0 z
..,
....
REVISIONS
,'RI:I'ARED ''''
I>A n, C""~I!V,
~
2C1I2.09.".
APPROV[O
EHV.F.&I>I> ENC. SUppORT I>IV.
M/
CSM
20!Z.09.26
OPI:RATING OI:PARTMI:NT
!>An,
211'1-09.'
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOI~ CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED ANI) I)ATEI)
ROUNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING

.IOB ORDER NO.
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
I DOCUMENT NO.
PAGENO. 36
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX.
XVII
OF 49
,.: ~
Q
s:.4~ ~..I~\ ~y1J1

Unified Soil Classification System
~ ..,
Q '"
" u
Primary Divisions for Field and Laboratorv Identification Coarse-grained soils (More than half of material finer than 3. inch sieve is larger than No. 200 Gravel. (More than half of the coarse fraction is larger than No 4 sieve size about Clean Gravels. (Less than 5% of material smaller than No. 200 sieve size.)
Group Svmbol GW
Typical Names
Laboratory Classification Criteria
Supplementary Criteria for Visual Identification Wide range in grain size and substantial amount
z 0 f= .. Q; u '" '" Q
Welt graded gravels. gravel-sand mixtures. little or no fine.
C" = 00010"
greater than 4
of alt intermediate particle size.
C, = .moor 0'0 x 060 between 1 and 3 GP Poorly graded gravels. gravel.sand mixtures. little or no fines. Not meeting both criteria for GW Predominantly one size (uniformly graded) or a range of sizes with some intermediate sizes missino (oao oraded)' Atterberg limits below "A" line, or PI less than 4 Atterberg limits above "A" line with PI between 4 & 7 is border. line case GM.GC
0 z
REVISIONS
~
21112.119.2<> APPROVt:l)
Gravels with . do. . do. fines. (More than 12%of material smalter than No. 200 sieve
GM
Silly gravels. and gravel.sand. silt mixtures.
Nonplastic fines or fines of low plasticity.
GC
Clayey gravels, and gravel-sand-clay mixtures.
EHY.E&IW ENG. sUPPOIn
DIY.
size.)' Clean sands (Less than 5% of material smalter than No. 200 sieve size) SP
Atterberg limits above "A" line. and PI greater than 7
Plastic fines
CSM
21112.119.2<>
-do-
Sands (More than half of the coarse fraction is smalter than No. 4 sieve
SW
Welt graded sands. gravelty sands, little or no fines'
C" = 00010"
Wide range in grain sizes and substantial
greater than 6
amounts of alt inter. mediate particle sizes
OPERATING
DEPARTMENT
size)
C, = .moor 0'0 x 0.. between 1 and 3 Poorly graded sands and gravelly sands. little or no fines' Not meeting both criteria for SW Predominately one size (uniformly graded) or a range of sizes with some intermediate sizes missino (oao oraded)
Sands with .do. -do. fines. (More than 12% of material

DATE,
SM
Silly sands, sandsill mixtures.
SC
Clayey sands, sand.clay mixtures
...9.
smalter than No. 200 sieve size)'
Atterberg limits below "A" line. or PI less than 4 Atterberg limits above "A" line, with PI greater Ihan 7
Atterberg limits above "A" line with PI between 4 & 7 is borderline case SM-SC
Nonplastic fines or fines of low plasticity.
Plastic fines
ML THIS DRAWING Silts and clays. (Liquid limit less than 50) Fine grained soils (More than half of materials is smalter than CL Inorganic clays of Atterberg Inorganic silts. very fine sands, rock flour, silly or clayey fine sands Atterberg limits below "A" line. or PI less than 4 Dry Atterberg limits above "A" line with PI between 4 & 7 is border. line case ML.CL Strenglh
Reactio n to Shaking
Tough. ness. Near Plastic Limit
IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
None to slight Medium
Quick to slow None to
None
Medium
ROL/NFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICALINVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING

JOB ORDER NO.
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
DOCUMENT NO. I
PAGE NO.
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
37 OF 49
;-:
~ u
Q ~
Q

No. 200 sieve size.) (Visual: more than half of particles are so fine that they cannot be seen bv naked eve.) MH - do Silts and clays. (liquid limit greater than 50.) OL - do - do Iow to medium plasticity; gravelly clays. silty clays. sandy clays. lean clavs. Organic silts and organic silt-clays of low Dlasticilv. Inorganic silts. micaceous or diatomaceous fine sands or silts.
elastic silts.
9-L:~ ~J~\
limits above "A" line. with PI greater than 7 to high very slow
4.5y:;J\
Ci
z 0 f: "-
Atterberg limits below "A" line.
Slight to medium Slight
Slow
Slight
i:2 u en '" '"
Slow to none
Slight to medium.
to medium
CH - do - do OH
Inorganic clays of high plasticity. fat clays. Organic clays of medium to high Dlasticitv Peat. muck and other highly organic soils. Atterberg limits above "A" line.
0 z
REVISIONS
- do -
High to very hiah Medium to hiah
None
High
None 10 very slow
1
21112-119-26
Slight to medium
Pt - do Highly organic soil
High ignition loss. LL and PI decrease after drying.
Organic calor and odor. spongy feel. frequently fibrous texture.
CII
.
APPROVED
Materials with 5 to 12 percent smaller than No. 200 sieve are borderline cases. designaled: GW-GM. SW-SC. etc
HIV-E&DD ENG. SUPpORT
IHV.
CSM
21112-119-26
P LA~TICITY
CHART
I'"
"<:.
/
I('/
V
V
V
'I ./
".
.+'
OI'ERATING (}EPARTMENT
1;;:!.0I.. LL
['O'v.'J'I
.". 1///
/
hJ/
./
/'
/'
.m.1<c'Ii oa:
::E:."',,,,
wm ,,. :""'...
: - ,.. "',. .......",
/
/
/""-
'.u 'Ir.1 "'0''''

r"1
8.
/. /'
/ ,. '" :,]
::;,::;;
"'l:K"
-I"::>"
,-,,
""..<S,'"
, .-7
=nt
0"
r(..v:I<C,'o .or'l.-::>!;,-,,='.
,-" >T>""'n -
--
"~
(}ATE,
-..9-Z(,
,/
/
ED
/,, :Y./ '/ ,/
:t;t, LL
II"L
-< '.. LU.'

.., "
=~ I/r
I,...
,/y
I...
./
V
."
./ ILrPil
,~
I'"
I:r
I~"
,~
n~
LJ:IJ_'L[\>]T LL:
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORI>ERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED .OTE"... I. ~1I.:>i~~'tAI .c., .:-1.
~ . ,...o,L ~
..., ..'II~", ",ltJ, ...,-,: :-. "'f}! 1"1.
,"
TABLE
.IOB ORI>ER NO.
III- 1
2012/09/26 INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING PLANT NOJ INDEX I DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO, REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
38
OF 49
'"' '" "' u

Q
~~~
~J~I
~y1J'
~ "'
Q
'" '"
'-'
S)ITd ':
RM G...,sni.bx. g;)lj3TCIIE
Apr4;;ai;tEd;:,tpPlel i'"""tllT'!!;i!E;;
1}i!:".'>]ttml1"fr.S Bddr.;Cbf1f>tErlS'.",
![;!yt.J:;:f]sic.I;;r,,;rti.;ofKr.!S \ Il'ai1!
Ex.JJ;7P'E Q;:
J IM31e
z 0
C&I!..
"1= 0::
(}()\%'ACnCN
"
u en
'"
lT:;;I.
I
I I
rH I:,iHcEml Itl
sU;;;' CE\12>'E)
sij,{j""" liEIL\?J;.1E
xx';:'cLy'" ",
,.I
...........""""".'
"..t..................., '".
LCEXMPlE
0 z
REVISIONS .0 e
cl C"if:!al:i""
,"':'
S
-.....
"...,
ISH-LE 1-I3.a
12.8.7<,22.
1"li.,34.3
...
J:
A!"'ROVED
It Q .. .. .. il
DIV.
Q g, 0 Q.
if
..._,
"
t:::::::::::::: ICE\I?i1E
EHV-E&IHJ ENG. SUpPORT
r " '"
ctJt/
CSM
211/2-1)9.26
r t
1!1
0
':; Q \, " 2 " :0
F.mr
,,,,-",w
..
::I
0 'I % .. .. 0 kI , :I it: Q ..
.t: " lus<d
0.
" E;\ ;; " e " s .2 .0, v

Q\
"
','........'. Sk..:i"r
BE.
1
I
I !
12JI='i.<lt'iE[
n,v,m-. 12:-;
1!2<, 4
1,03,
nxxu
;;.:_;,;; ICLY
!.hJl:
.,.:; >.7
s\1:''K!;E' rg.'if2'
:.>/'
::BL,t,13 i3t
OPERATING
DEPARTMENT
I
1 I
IGilA\DE
. ... . .,.'.. .+. . ..
" )
\I <i (I
11
I
LbWEatb-.,;
I I
ami{'1;'ri\6:d"':"
Cn,Wocs"'"
DATE,
'fII2-09-26
.1 R . I b.. I
'!:.,:ip!,;:l,Q,
'us;;<1fipert-i1i'Jf1>tEr
:NCiT8Sc 1\SAMESOIJRCH.BTABLEIiI-1 I
2.i'SNf.CUBRCcKtiDr .. .. ,,, w"" ""'" ,
I
i
I j I
COMMDNt. iNE.4."TffiN PRCI','iNCE .., Y Et,WJN7EFG; " ,
=+
f:::I
TABLE 111-2
RQUNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICALINVESTIGATIONAND MATERIALTESTING
PLANT N1
.lOB ORDER NO,
REV,
A
SAUDI ARABIA
IAPPENDIX.
XVII
39 OF 49
NO.'
l 0
'"' '" '" u

Q
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY 3.02 DENSITY OF SOILS
~4~
~..I~\ ~y1J\
~ ...
Q
'"
co The density of coarse grained cohesion less soils and silts shall be described accordance with the following, where applicable:
z 0 >= "02 u en
in
A. Test Pits
1) Loose 2) Compact. Easily excavated with hand shovel Difficult to excavate with hand shovel Must be loosened with pick to excavate with hand shovel
'" Q
0 z
'"
'"
012-09-2(,
3)
Dense
REVISIONS
B. Soil Borings
Where Standard Penetration Test (SPT) results are available and the penetration resistance does not appear to be influenced by other factors (e.g., rock fragments, cementation, etc.), the density may be described in accordance with the following presumptive relationship: PRESUMPTIVE DENSITY Very Loose Loose Medium NUMBER OF BLOWS (N) PER 305 mm (12 in.) 0-5
6 - 11 12 - 23
PREPARED 'JY, I~
DATE,
CIIJ<.If>ny,
APP'WYE!>
EHV-E<~Dn ENG. SUI'pORT nlv.
UI.t/
CSM
2012-09-26
OPERATING DE"AlnMENT
Dense Very Dense (Not applicable without Further description)

-.....
24 - 35 36 - 50
Over 50
DATE,
'"-9.2
3.03 CONSISTENCY OF SOILS The consistency of cohesive clays and silts (where applicable) shall be described in accordance with the following:
A. Test Pits
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR OIWERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
1) Very Soft - Easily penetrated several inches by fist 2) Soft - Easily penetrated several inches by thumb 3) Medium - Can be penetrated several inches by thumb with moderate effort
ROL/NFP/CSM GEOTECHNICAL - 2012/09/26 INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
INDEX PLANTN1
REV.
I DOCUMENT NO.I A
.Ion ORDER NO.
SAUDI ARABIA
NO.I 40 IAPPENDIX. XVII OF l 0 49
,.: ~ u
Q
~4~
A.;..I~\ ~y:;J\
~ -<
Q
:I: U
'"
4) Very Stiff - Readily indented by thumbnail 5) Hard - Indented with difficulty by thumbnail
B. Soil Borings
z 0 ;:: "-
02 u en
'" Q
0 z
'"
REVISIONS
PRE"ARE!)
BY,
~
2012-09-2"
The consistency of cohesive soils encountered in test borings shall be described primarily on the basis of unconfined compressive strength either from actual laboratory tests or estimated strength of samples based on pocket penetrometer results or the evaluations described in paragraph A, above. Consistency descriptions are shown below for various ranges of unconfined compressive strength. The use of SPT values without benefit of other evaluations is not acceptable. Where supporting data is available, correlations of presumptive SPT/consistency relationship should be established for a given location or site. Where adequate data are not available, the consistency may be described on the basis of the presumptive relationship shown below, only if it is clearly indicated on the log as such: RANGE OF UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH NO. OF BLOWS (N) t/fe or kq/cm2 PER 305 mm (12 in.) Less than 0.25 0.25 to 0.50 0.50 to 1.00 1.00 to 2.00 2.00 to 4.00 Greater than 4.00 Less than 2 2 to 4 5 to 8 9 to 15 16 to 30 Greater than 30
IJATL CUYIJBY,
CONSISTENCY
APPROYEI}
EHY-E&I)I) ENG. SUPPORT
DIY.
atJ/
CSM
2012-09-2"
Very Soft Soft Medium Stiff Stiff Very Stiff Hard
OPERATlNC IJEPARTMENT
3.04 CEMENTED OVERBURDEN MATERIALS The nature and degree of cementation shall be completely described. The terminology used to describe cementation shall be defined in the report.
CERTIFIED
3.05 ROCK
BY~~"AI<
DATE,
2012-09-2"
After identification of major rock type on the log, the physical properties shall be described in accordance with descriptive adjectives or numbers as shown in Table 111-2 and in the following sequence: A. Bedding Characteristics
different types of rock
-
including thin beds or interbedded
materials of
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO liE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDEIHNG MATERIALS lINTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
B. Lithologic Characteristics C. Hardness and Degree of Cementation D. Texture

ROL/NFP/CSM GEOTECHNICAL - 2012/09/26 INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
REV.
.lOB ORDER
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
OF 49
l 0
,.: ~ u
Q
~4~
~j~1
4..sy1J\
~
~
Q '"
" u
E. Structure (including Degree of Fracturing and/or Fragmentation) F. Degree of Weathering
z 0 ;:: "0;: U <n
G. Solution and Void Conditions H. Swelling Properties I. Slaking Properties
'" Q
0 z
'"
3.06 FIELD NOTES AND RECORDS All notes recorded on field logs pertinent to the evaluation and analysis of subsurface conditions shall be transcribed on the final logs, with particular emphasis on ground water conditions and general drilling operations experienced in test borings. Other records and observations, including subsequent variations in piezometric records of ground water elevations shall also be incorporated in the final logs where applicable.
REVISIONS "REI'A,u:n '3Y,

nATE,
CIIIQI')
~
BY, APPROYEn
EHV-E&DD ENG. SU""ORT
,>IV.
3.07 FINAL LOGS Examples of final logs of test borings and test pits are illustrated on Plates 111-1 and 111-1 a, utilizing COMPANY Standard Form 15109 (11/83). Blank copies of these forms will be available to the CONTRACTOR as needed for specific PROJECTS.
{J1J/
CSM
2012-09-26
OPERATING nE"A.nMF.NT
CERTlFlEn
nAlE,
'""-"9-'
nlls
DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOI{ CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CEHTIFIED AND DATED
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING PLANTNi

.JOB ORDER NO.
INDEX I DOCUMENT NO. NO.I 42
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
IAPPENDIX -XVII
OF 49
l 0
,.:
1:3
..4~
~J~I
4.sy;J\
" ~ -< "

U
'" :I:
SEG RORING
PROJECT No, ICGNTRAC,OR: LOCATION: COORDlNA n:S
LOG
lNQRTl-I:
IFAST:
TYPE OF BORING: DlA. OF BORING:
BORING NO. DATE COMMEf>i'DEO:: OAT!: COMF'Li::,ED: SUPERVISOR:
z 0 1= ..
U')
GROUND E! EVA.j ION: DEPTH AT GRO!JN'D1N.ATER TABLE: MEASUREDAT:
DIA.OF UNDISTVR8EIJSAMPLE:
C,A!Nl(3 HpJ....ftffi 1NL &.DROP: SAMPLING HAMMERIT & DROP:
et u
HOURS. ON
'" Q
11:' r{ }: ;'-' ito;;:: ;r Ir ,fi: ,. u, ffi $J I), :;, ,, J" d :!: ::';; ;} iF '" "'. F1i:;j :<: "" g; <1'-' an W <'1 "" '" r, ii) "" (':; 11 .,'\ ID Q jjo 3 '::::. , <) 6< '" 0 ;1.j
'" ""
5
[}
[
ji;
DESCRIPTWf{ REMARKS
2
Er
" Ij
fh
0 z REVISIONS
PREPAREDBY,
DATE,
RJ)L)NI'r "'12.",.2(,
--><..
v.
CII"~"
APPROVED
---1
EI1\'.E&oo ENC,SUI'I'ORTDlV,
cdV
CSM
'''12.09.26
---2
12
DATE, '1J12.0<).2(,
26 --
! gl 33 1: t: t: t: : :
lEGE ):
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTlHlCTlON OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
SPT U R 0 ROD REC
PENETRATION TEST& NUMBER UNDISTURBEDTHINWALLTUSE S.AMPLE&NUMBER RO-:::K CORE RUN &.NU\',tSER DENtS-ONSAMPLE &NUMBER ROCKQ'JALlTY DESIGNATiON RE03VERY
STANDARD
SHEET '> OF:;;
PLATE \11-1
ROUNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIALTESTING
JOB ORDER NO,
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
REV. I DOCUMENT NO, I PAGENO.I 43
A
SAUDI ARABIA
IAPPENDIX-XVII
OF 49
l 0
,..: :;: u
Q
~
SAUDIELECTRICITY COMPANY
~L:~
~J~\
~y1.I\
'" " u
PROJEC; 110, SIATlON!COORDH,mORJH: RAGTOR:
SEC BORING LOG
EOR!N3NO, Z
~
z 0 f: "i:2 u U)
.~
..
,,'
>,
(;!I1'rc i\:~ffi .;~t:.c,",!!j"-.".r.~,'~ F ,~ ~ ,; ~ i;;, ~

;;,
~~t;;~
"' Q
W~c:i{'5~T$ii!t\'~P;i1 Q ~ :l.i;,,! ~Rf;:tt

DJ --("Q"'~
~~
W !1fi:;i
g "<'?0
""
j1J
.II!
'"
.~
m ~J
DHCRIPT.ON
REMARKS
:-,.
it IT;
C
-=
-..J.!
0 z REVISIONS
PI<EPAI<ORY, !f0t.:
~
~
"
DAn:,
CII~"
A
v
,\PI'ROVED
2""-"'-26
c-T~
43
EIIV-E&DO ENG. SlIl'I'OHT I)IV.
Ltf/
CSM
~ ,A
''''2-'''-21,
~
'..
,,~
~
,
CERTIFIeD
~
I!~'\I< RATE,
~
'!1I2-"'-'
:m
LEGEND: SPT U R D 1: STANDARDPENETRATiOtHEST 2.NUMBER 1: UNDISTURBEDTHIN 'NALLTUBESA.MPLE,&NUMBER 1: ROCK CORE RUN & NUMBER f: DEN/SONSAMPLE & NUMBER ROCKQUALITY DESIGNATION RECOVERY SHE"'T 2 OF :2
THIS IJRAWING IS NOT TO DE USED FOR CONSTRlICTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIEIJ AND DATEIJ
ROD: REC
PLATE III -1a *** END OF SECTION-Ill ***

ROLlNFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING PLANT N1 INDEX I DOCUMENTNO. NO,I REV.
.IOB ORDER
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
44
I APPENDIX.XVII
OF 49
l 0
,.: ~ u
Q
-< Q
s:-4~ ~J~I
~y1J'
~
:. G
SECTION IV- GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF GEOTECHNICAL REPORT 4.01 GENERAL

The wide variation of the scope of services required for individual COMPANY PROJECTS precludes the use of a single format for all PROJECTS. However, most investigations will be considered to be either Preliminarv Investiqations or, Detailed Investiqations for Final Desiqn; and, the report should be so identified where applicable. These Guidelines outline
z 0 1= Q.,
ai u '" '" Q
the general format for reports for both types of investigations - the reports differing only in
the scope of WORK included therein.
0 z
..,
4.02 SCOPE
The results of the investigations shall be presented in a final report, which shall be written for the purpose of assisting and guiding designers in making their decisions. Discussion of broad regional physiographic and geological features will be limited to the tangible engineering significance and a reasonable understanding of these features in the selection of a site and determination of the appropriate design. The discussion shall be focused principally on description of rock, soil and ground water conditions that are significant in the design or will affect construction. The discussion shall be supplemented by geologic maps, cross-sections and boring logs as applicable to clearly illustrate existing conditions and the relationships of these conditions to the PROJECT. In support of its conclusions, the discussion shall present the result of field and laboratory investigations in relation to the designs recommended in development of the PROJECT. The report shall contain specific design recommendations. Technical terms used in the report shall be clearly defined and used consistently throughout the report. Where variable subsurface conditions exist, generalized recommendations will not be satisfactory. Specific recommendations will be made for specific PROJECT areas or variations in foundation conditions.
REVISIONS
"RHAREI>BY,
()ATE,
CH 10<5 BY,
~
2012-09-26
AI'PROY>:!>
EIIV-E&DD ENG. SUPPORT I)IV.
tilL!
CSM
2012-119-26
OPERATING ()EPARTMENT
4.03 FORMAT
C>:RTI :()
()ATE,
B:~
2012-09-26
The final report shall consist of, but not limited to, an effective combination of discussions, tabulated data, laboratory testing results, backup calculations, soil and geological illustrations, and reference bibliography to depict the conditions that are of engineering significance. The discussion in the foundation report should always include alternate foundation systems. The presentation shall include the following:
A. Summary
As a preamble to the report, a cover letter in the form of a summary shall be prepared. This letter shall summarize the site description, the surface and subsurface soil conditions and properties, the resulting engineering considerations, and recommendations for design of foundations and other elements of construction influenced by subsurface conditions.
./OB ORDER NO.
PLANTNOJ
INDEX
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
45
OF
49
" ~
Q
s:-4~
~J~\
4J;~\
~ "'
Q
'"
" u
B.
Scope of Work
The Scope of Work shall describe the type of design information that is to be furnished by the report; e.g., for design of foundations for overhead transmission lines, substation buildings or other types of structures, slabs-on-grade, roads, parking areas, deep excavations, pipelines, buried cables, cable tunnels, etc., as well as the description of the scope of the investigation conducted by the CONTRACTOR.
z 0 f: "-
a: u '" '" Q
C. PROJECT Description The PROJECT Description shall include the geographic location of the site with respect to existing landmarks, populated areas, etc., the type of construction; the structural characteristics including the allowable total and differential settlement; moments, thrusts (including uplift) and vibratory loads imposed on foundations; nearness to existing or planned structures; and any other special foundation design considerations. Where some elements of the PROJECT description are not known at the time of the preparation of the report, the COMPANY shall provide best estimates for these elements and the report shall clearly indicate that these are estimates. D. Site Conditions
APPROVt:I>
0 :z:
..,
REVISIONS
PI<EI'AI<ED RV, IJATE,

CUK:AfRV,
~
2012-09-26
EHV-E&DD ENG- SUI'I'ORT
DlV.
w
CSM
2012-09-2"
The existing surface conditions at site shall be described as to grades, access, drainage and/or any other feature, which may have a bearing on the WORK, including, where appropriate: 1) Significant and controlling topographic conditions 2) Geomorphology
O"ERATlNG IJEPARTMENT
3) Existing construction and/or evidence of previous constructions and man-made site alterations (e.g., grading, dumping, etc.) 4) Vegetation and land use 5) Evidence of ground water and water levels in existing wells or exposures E. Field Investigations
,
IJATE,
2012-09-2"
The section on Field Investigation shall describe the type of equipment used; the number, location, diameter and depth of borings or other types of explorations; the working procedures; sampling methods and frequency; and type of field tests performed. Where piezometers have been installed, the type, depth and location, as well as an accurate as-installed drawing of each piezometer shall be included. Logs of explorations and the results of all field tests shall also be part of this section. This section may be presented in a separate volume if voluminous. F. Laboratorv Tests The section on Laboratory Tests shall contain a description of the sample extraction procedure, the type of tests performed and all test results. This section may also be presented in a separate volume if voluminous.
PLANT NOJ INDEX I DOCUMENT NO. I PAGE NO.I
.IOB ORDER NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
IAPPENDIX. XVII
46 OF 49
REV.
,.: a:
'" U
0
~4~
~..I~\ ~y1J\
:: ~
0 '" :t U
G. Subsurface Conditions The section of Subsurface Conditions shall give a detailed description of the subsurface materials at the site. Ground water conditions (including artesian) shall be discussed. Drawings of subsurface profiles shall be included where necessary or desirable to illustrate subsurface conditions. Where appropriate, this section shall also include: description of geology with a special discussion concerning composition and structure of the rocks; engineering description of soils and the relationship of soil to the bedrock; principal engineering properties of the rock and soil as determined by conventional field and laboratory investigations; and, foundation conditions that present special engineering problems.
'"
M
2: 0 f::
'" i:2 u en "' Q
0 2:
H. Enqineerinq Analvsis
The section on Engineering Analysis shall contain a description of the geotechnical considerations involved in developing a suitable foundation system for the PROJECT structures. A statement of the analysis performed to evaluate the foundation requirements and the results of these analyses, shall be included, as well as a study of alternate foundation systems where applicable. Settlement criteria and the results of settlement analyses shall be described. Consideration of ground water and its chemical effect on foundation concrete and rebar shall be discussed. Ground water, as related to excavations and to foundations located near or below the ground water table, shall be discussed. For all foundation cases, the factor of safety employed in the analysis, shall be stated; and, both "ultimate" and "allowable" values of the appropriate geotechnical design parameters shall be provided. "Net-allowable" stresses shall be defined. Specific geotechnical parameters to be used for design shall be supported by computations based on an acceptable method of analysis. Computations do not need to be included in the report but, shall be retained in permanent files by the CONTRACTOR; and, copies provided to the COMPANY upon request. Alternate foundation designs shall be presented along with consideration of construction problems and current use of foundation construction techniques as practiced in the SEC System.
REVISIONS
"RI'ARW DATE, CIIK)!) 'lV,
IlV,
~
2II12.(l9.2!>
ArrROVED EHV.E&DI) ENG. S!JI'I'ORT
DlV.
UP!
CSM
2(112.(I'.2!>
orERATING
DErARTMENT
I.
0:0"''''' El
Recommendations The section on Recommendations shall give clear, concise, positive recommendations of the design criteria for each type of foundations, which is to be used, to govern the design of all foundations for the PROJECT; and, shall give specific recommendations for the design of other elements of construction, which may be influenced by geotechnical considerations, as defined in the scope of WORK for a given PROJECT. Where appropriate, this shall include: 1) Bearing capacities for various types of shallow foundations, e.g. spread footings, mat, thickened edge slab, etc. Recommend type best suited for site. 2) Deep foundation capacities; including drilled piers, caissons, driven piles, augered (bored) piles, etc. Discuss tension, compression and lateral capacity of foundation system. For augered (bored) pile foundation free-head pile type, provide pile
~~/ BY, MOIIAMMA
--..
.SAFFAR
"1I2.(l9.2!>
,wrE,

PLANT N1
JOB ORDER NO.
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
47
NO.I
OF 49
l 0
u
Q
" " '"

~ ~
~4~
~..I~\ 4.sy13\
" " u
Q
capacities and P-Y curves with a minimum of three (3) pile diameters with three (3) varying pile length for each pile diameter. 3) Estimated foundation settlements or swell
z E u if;
4) CBR and "K" values for pavement and floor slab design 5) Lateral earth pressures (active, passive, at-rest, etc.) 6) Potential seismic and dynamic soil problems 7) Slope stability, soil and rock
:;: '" Q
0 z
..,
8) Site development including site preparation and filling
REVISIONS
PREPARED DATE,
RV,
X
'APPROVED
~
2012-09-'6
9) Foundation and subsurface construction excavation 10) Ground water considerations 11) Drilling and blasting problems 12) Rock bolting and anchoring problems 13) Special foundation treatments, e.g. surcharging, unsuitable material replacement, grouting, etc. 14) Recommended elevation for foundations
CH~'
EHV-E&DD ENG. SUPPORT DIV.
t#
CSM
2012-09-'6
OPERATING DEI'ARTMENI
15) Recommendations for further investigation and analysis, if required 16) Recommendations for soil improvement (Vibro-replacement, Vibroflotation, Dynamic Compaction, Stone Columns, and any other widely accepted soil improvement techniques.)
J. Certification
v
'>ATE, 'on-09-'
Both the engineer responsible for the foundation analysis and a principal of the COMPANY shall certify the accuracy of the contents of the report by affixing their signatures thereto.
K. Illustrations
The illustrations provided with the report do not necessarily require a separate section. Illustrative material including any of the following that are applicable to the PROJECT will be used in the final report. 1) PROJECT Location Map 2) Plan of Exploration
.JOII ORDER NO.
THIS ORAWING IS NOT TO liE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
I DOCUMENT NO.
PAGENO. 48
REV.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX - XVII
OF 49
;-: 1:: u
Q
s:-4~
~J~\
4..sy;J\
:: "'
Q '"
" u
3) Logs of Explorations 4 ) Test Data and Resulting Charts
z 0 ;:: 0..
02 u en
5) Site Geology Map 6) Top of Rock Contour Map 7) Geologic Structure Map 8) Soils and/or rock cross-sections shall show correlation of overburden and rock units including such significant features as water levels, water losses, core losses, and solution zones. Cross-sections shall emphasize geologic structure, show depths of primary and secondary weathering, and interpret top of rock for construction purposes. 9) Photographs of all rock cores recovered as well as photos illustrating pertinent site conditions. All photos shall have the following information on the back of the photo or under the photo, if it is mounted: Name of PROJECT, site location, date of photo, CONTRACTOR, location of photographer and direction that the photo is viewing, a brief description of main points in photo, name of photographer, a sequential number for each photo and notes showing if photo is a "Pan-View". An arrow showing number, location and direction of the photo will be noted on the plan of explorations for the PROJECT. Negatives for field photos and core photos will be retained by the CONTRACTOR in a permanent file.
'" Q
0 z
'"
'"
REVISIONS
PREPARED
BV,
~
21112-119-'6
DATE'.A.
ClrG.1V, ~
A"I'ROVED EHV-E&DI) ENC. SUPPORT
DIV.
Id/
CSM '"12-"9-'6
*** END OF SECTION - IV ***
BV, MOIIAMMA1U\lrSAFFAR
:w--'(112-09-26
REFERENCES: 1. Lambe - Soil Testing for Engineers 2. ASTM - Procedures for Testing Soils
DATE,
THIS HRAWING IS NOT TO BE USF;H FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORHF;RING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTlFIF:H ANH HATEH

PLANT N1
.JOB OIWF;R NO.

- XVII
REV.
49
NO.I
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX
OF 49

Final Pts 12cc348

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Final Pts 12cc348

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SCOPE OF WORK AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR

CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM

GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT

QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION FINAL

(ATTACHMENT TO SCHEDULE "B OF CONTRACT NO. #####/00)

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

GENERAL PROJECT DESCRIPTION PROJECT SUMMARY DEFINITION OF TERMS

3.05 3.06 3.07 3.08 3.09 IV

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

5.06 5.07 5.08 5.09 5.10 5.11 5.12 5.13 VI

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

APPENDIX- III APPENDIX- IV APPENDIX- V APPENDIX- VI

APPENDIX- VII APPENDIX-VIII APPENDIX- IX

APPENDIX- X APPENDIX- XII

APPENDIX-XIII APPENDIX- XVI

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

*** END OF SECTION I ***

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SECTION II - BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY I.

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY submittal.

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

B. The following information shall be included in the Progress Reports:

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

Safety, performance or reliability of an item is questionable due to non-conformance.

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

Verification of corrective action implementation.

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY 4. Design Control a.

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

E. Quality Assurance and Quality [Independent Inspection Agency] 1.

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY 7.

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

C. Electricity Connection/Electrical Wiring

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY A. General Requirements 1.

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY 4.

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

**** END OF SECTION II ****

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SECTION III - SCOPE OF WORK

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

3.02 ELECTRICAL WORK

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY H.

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

BASE DESIGN STAGE

* END OF SECTION I *

END OF SECTION II

* END OF SECTION III *

* END OF SECTION IV *

* END OF SECTION VI *